Year 4 Telling the Time and the 24-Hour Clock: worked examples and questions with answers
By the end of this chapter you will be able to
- Read an analogue clock: o'clock, half past, quarter past, quarter to, and every five minutes, saying past or to
- Read a clock to the nearest minute, on clocks with Arabic numbers, Roman numerals and no numbers, and place the hour hand correctly
- Write times as digital times with am and pm, and on the 24-hour clock, and change between the three ways of writing time
- Change between seconds and minutes, minutes and hours, hours and days, days and weeks, and years and months
- Know how many days are in each month (the knuckle trick), and what a leap year is
- Work out how long something takes, and find end and start times, by counting on, including across noon and midnight
- Read bus, train, TV and school timetables, and work out journey times and waiting times
You should already know
- Counting in fives and the 5 times table (Chapter 3)
- Adding and subtracting numbers and borrowing across 60 (Chapter 2)
- Roman numerals to 12 (Chapter 1)
- Halves, quarters and fractions of an amount (Chapter 5)
- Measures and converting units (Chapter 7)
Where this leads
- Shapes, angles and symmetry: turns on a clock face (Chapter 9)
- Statistics: time graphs and tables (Chapter 11)
- Converting between units of time and timetables in Year 5
- Time zones and speed in later years
National Curriculum for England, Key Stage 2 mathematics, Year 4. Content: Read, write and convert time between analogue and digital 12-hour and 24-hour clocks, Read analogue clocks to the nearest minute, using past and to, and Roman numeral clock faces, Convert between units of time: seconds, minutes, hours, days, weeks, months and years, Know the number of days in each month, and in a year and a leap year, Calculate durations of time, and find start and end times, including across noon and midnight, Read timetables and solve time problems, including journey and waiting times.
- 8.1 Telling the time: o'clock, half past, quarter past and quarter to: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 8.2 Reading to the nearest minute, and clocks with Roman numerals: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 8.3 Digital time: am, pm and the 24-hour clock: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 8.4 Units of time: seconds, minutes, hours, days and weeks: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 8.5 Months, years and the calendar: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 8.6 How long does it take? Durations, start times and end times: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 8.7 Timetables and time problems: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- Check-up and SATs-style questions: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
Exercise P Do you remember?
Non-calculatorMethod. Counting in fives is the same as the 5 times table. Find the 7th number when you count in fives.
- Count in fives. Each time add 5.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35
- Write 7 × 5. The 7th number in the 5 times table is 7 lots of 5.7 × 5 = 35
Check. 35 ÷ 5 = 7. ✓
Watch out. The 5 times table ends in 5 or 0.
Method. Roman numerals use letters. V is 5 and I is 1. III is three ones.
- Write each letter’s value. V = 5 and each I = 1.V = 5, I + I + I = 3
- Add them up. VIII is V then three I’s.5 + 3 = 8
Check. VIII is eight. ✓
Watch out. Letters after V are added: VI = 6, VII = 7, VIII = 8.
Method. Take 45 away from 60. Count on from 45 to 60 if you like.
- Count on from 45 to the next ten. 45 + 5 = 50.45 → 50 is 5
- Count on to 60. 50 + 10 = 60.5 + 10 = 15
Check. 45 + 15 = 60. ✓
Watch out. This sum is very useful for “to” times on a clock.
Method. A quarter means 1 of 4 equal parts. Share 60 into 4 equal parts.
- Divide 60 by 4. A quarter is 60 split into 4 equal parts.60 ÷ 4 = 15
- Check with halves. Half of 60 is 30, and half of 30 is 15.60 → 30 → 15
Check. 4 × 15 = 60. ✓
Watch out. A quarter is not 4 × 60.
Method. Use the 12 times table. 3 lots of 12.
- Write the sum. 3 × 12 means 3 lots of 12.12 + 12 + 12
- Add. 12 + 12 = 24 and 24 + 12 = 36
Check. 36 ÷ 3 = 12. ✓
Watch out. Check 3 × 12 = 3 × 10 + 3 × 2 = 30 + 6.
Telling the time: o'clock, half past, quarter past and quarter to
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hand is the hour hand. It shows the hour. The long, thin hand is the minute hand. It shows the minutes. Around the edge there are 12 numbers and 60 tiny marks.
The minute hand. The long hand goes all the way round the clock in 1 hour. 1 hour is 60 minutes. There are 12 numbers, so each number is 5 minutes after the one before. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60.
The hour hand. The short hand goes round once in 12 hours. It shows the hour. When the time is 2 o’clock, it points exactly at the 2. When the time is later than 2 o’clock, it has moved a little past the 2. We always say the hour it has passed.
Special times. A whole clock face is 60 minutes. Half of it is 30 minutes, so the minute hand at the 6 means half past. A quarter of it is 15 minutes, so the minute hand at the 3 means quarter past, and at the 9 it means quarter to the next hour (15 minutes to go).
Past and to. In the first half hour, the minute hand is on the right-hand side. We say how many minutes past the hour it is. In the second half hour, the minute hand is on the left-hand side. We say how many minutes are left to the next hour.
Key ideas
- The short, thick hand is the hour hand. The long, thin hand is the minute hand.
- The minute hand: each number is 5 minutes. Count in fives from the 12. Each tiny mark is 1 minute.
- Minute hand on 12: o’clock. On 3: quarter past. On 6: half past. On 9: quarter to.
- Right-hand side of the clock: past. Left-hand side: to the next hour.
- For “to” times, take the minutes away from 60 (40 minutes past = 20 minutes to), and say the next hour.
- Use the hour the short hand has passed.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand points exactly at 5. The hour is 5.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points straight up at 12. That is 0 minutes past the hour.
- Say the time. On the hour we say o'clock.The minute hand is on the 12, so we say five o'clock.
Check. In numbers this is 5:00. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 8 and 9. It has passed 8 but has not reached 9, so the hour is 8.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 6. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30.
6 × 5 = 30 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.30 minutes is half of an hour (60 ÷ 2 = 30). So it is half past eight.
Check. In numbers this is 8:30. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 2 and 3. It has passed 2 but has not reached 3, so the hour is 2.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 3. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15.
3 × 5 = 15 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.15 minutes is a quarter of an hour (60 ÷ 4 = 15). So it is quarter past two.
Check. In numbers this is 2:15. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 10 and 11. It has passed 10 but has not reached 11, so the hour is 10.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 9. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45.
9 × 5 = 45 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.45 minutes past is the same as 15 minutes to the next hour (60 − 45 = 15). The next hour is 11. So it is quarter to eleven.
Check. In numbers this is 10:45. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 3 and 4. It has passed 3 but has not reached 4, so the hour is 3.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 4. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20.
4 × 5 = 20 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.The minute hand is on the right-hand side, so we say past.
20 minutes after 3: twenty past three
Check. In numbers this is 3:20. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 6 and 7. It has passed 6 but has not reached 7, so the hour is 6.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 8. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40.
8 × 5 = 40 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.The minute hand is on the left-hand side, so we say to. We count the minutes to the next hour.
60 − 40 = 20 minutes to 7.
twenty to seven
Check. In numbers this is 6:40. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 9 and 10. It has passed 9 but has not reached 10, so the hour is 9.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 11. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55.
11 × 5 = 55 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 9, minutes 55 → 9:55
Check. In words this is five to ten. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Work out where both hands should be. Then check each clock.
- Say the time we want: ten to four = 3:50. We need the hour and the minutes in numbers.3:50
- Find where the minute hand should point. The long hand shows the minutes.The minute hand points at the 10 (10 × 5 = 50 minutes).
- Find where the hour hand should be. The short hand shows the hour.The hour hand is between 3 and 4 (it has passed 3).
- Check each clock. Read each clock. The right one has both hands in the right places.A: shows 10:15 × not a match
B: shows 3:10 × not a match
C: shows 3:50 ✓
D: shows 4:50 × not a match - Choose the clock. C
Check. Clock C has the minute hand at 50 minutes and the hour hand past 3. ✓
Watch out. A clock with the hands the wrong way round (short hand for minutes) shows a different time.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. For “past” the hour stays. For “to” count back from the next hour: the hour is one less.
- Find how many minutes are left to the next hour. “To” means before the next hour.25 to 9: 25 minutes before 9
- Take the 25 minutes away from 60 to get the minutes past 8. The hour before 9 is 8.60 − 25 = 35
The time is 8:35 = 8:35 - Check by saying it back. 8:35 is twenty-five to nine.
Check. 8:35 in words is twenty-five to nine. ✓
Watch out. “To 9” times are in the hour before 9. Quarter to 9 is 8:45, not 9:45.
Watch out
Count in fives, and use “to” after the 6. When the minute hand is on the 8, the time is not “eight past”. The 8 means 8 × 5 = 40 minutes. 40 minutes past 3 is 20 minutes to 4. Also, for “to” times the hour you say is the next hour, but the short hand is still just before it.Exercise 8A Telling the time on an analogue clock
Non-calculatorKey words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand points exactly at 3. The hour is 3.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points straight up at 12. That is 0 minutes past the hour.
- Say the time. On the hour we say o'clock.The minute hand is on the 12, so we say three o'clock.
Check. In numbers this is 3:00. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand points exactly at 7. The hour is 7.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points straight up at 12. That is 0 minutes past the hour.
- Say the time. On the hour we say o'clock.The minute hand is on the 12, so we say seven o'clock.
Check. In numbers this is 7:00. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand points exactly at 11. The hour is 11.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points straight up at 12. That is 0 minutes past the hour.
- Say the time. On the hour we say o'clock.The minute hand is on the 12, so we say eleven o'clock.
Check. In numbers this is 11:00. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand points exactly at 12. The hour is 12.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points straight up at 12. That is 0 minutes past the hour.
- Say the time. On the hour we say o'clock.The minute hand is on the 12, so we say twelve o'clock.
Check. In numbers this is 12:00. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 1 and 2. It has passed 1 but has not reached 2, so the hour is 1.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 3. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15.
3 × 5 = 15 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.15 minutes is a quarter of an hour (60 ÷ 4 = 15). So it is quarter past one.
Check. In numbers this is 1:15. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 9 and 10. It has passed 9 but has not reached 10, so the hour is 9.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 6. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30.
6 × 5 = 30 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.30 minutes is half of an hour (60 ÷ 2 = 30). So it is half past nine.
Check. In numbers this is 9:30. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 5 and 6. It has passed 5 but has not reached 6, so the hour is 5.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 9. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45.
9 × 5 = 45 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.45 minutes past is the same as 15 minutes to the next hour (60 − 45 = 15). The next hour is 6. So it is quarter to six.
Check. In numbers this is 5:45. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 12 and 1. It has passed 12 but has not reached 1, so the hour is 12.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 9. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45.
9 × 5 = 45 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.45 minutes past is the same as 15 minutes to the next hour (60 − 45 = 15). The next hour is 1. So it is quarter to one.
Check. In numbers this is 12:45. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 2 and 3. It has passed 2 but has not reached 3, so the hour is 2.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 4. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20.
4 × 5 = 20 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.The minute hand is on the right-hand side, so we say past.
20 minutes after 2: twenty past two
Check. In numbers this is 2:20. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 4 and 5. It has passed 4 but has not reached 5, so the hour is 4.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 1. Count in fives: 5.
1 × 5 = 5 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.The minute hand is on the right-hand side, so we say past.
5 minutes after 4: five past four
Check. In numbers this is 4:05. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 10 and 11. It has passed 10 but has not reached 11, so the hour is 10.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 10. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50.
10 × 5 = 50 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.The minute hand is on the left-hand side, so we say to. We count the minutes to the next hour.
60 − 50 = 10 minutes to 11.
ten to eleven
Check. In numbers this is 10:50. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 8 and 9. It has passed 8 but has not reached 9, so the hour is 8.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 7. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35.
7 × 5 = 35 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.The minute hand is on the left-hand side, so we say to. We count the minutes to the next hour.
60 − 35 = 25 minutes to 9.
twenty-five to nine
Check. In numbers this is 8:35. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 6 and 7. It has passed 6 but has not reached 7, so the hour is 6.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 2. Count in fives: 5, 10.
2 × 5 = 10 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 6, minutes 10 → 6:10
Check. In words this is ten past six. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 3 and 4. It has passed 3 but has not reached 4, so the hour is 3.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 11. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55.
11 × 5 = 55 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 3, minutes 55 → 3:55
Check. In words this is five to four. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 7 and 8. It has passed 7 but has not reached 8, so the hour is 7.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 5. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25.
5 × 5 = 25 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 7, minutes 25 → 7:25
Check. In words this is twenty-five past seven. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 1 and 2. It has passed 1 but has not reached 2, so the hour is 1.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 8. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40.
8 × 5 = 40 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 1, minutes 40 → 1:40
Check. In words this is twenty to two. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Work out where both hands should be. Then check each clock.
- Say the time we want: quarter to six = 5:45. We need the hour and the minutes in numbers.5:45
- Find where the minute hand should point. The long hand shows the minutes.The minute hand points at the 9 (9 × 5 = 45 minutes).
- Find where the hour hand should be. The short hand shows the hour.The hour hand is between 5 and 6 (it has passed 5).
- Check each clock. Read each clock. The right one has both hands in the right places.A: shows 5:15 × not a match
B: shows 5:45 ✓
C: shows 6:45 × not a match
D: shows 9:25 × not a match - Choose the clock. B
Check. Clock B has the minute hand at 45 minutes and the hour hand past 5. ✓
Watch out. A clock with the hands the wrong way round (short hand for minutes) shows a different time.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Work out where both hands should be. Then check each clock.
- Say the time we want: ten to nine = 8:50. We need the hour and the minutes in numbers.8:50
- Find where the minute hand should point. The long hand shows the minutes.The minute hand points at the 10 (10 × 5 = 50 minutes).
- Find where the hour hand should be. The short hand shows the hour.The hour hand is between 8 and 9 (it has passed 8).
- Check each clock. Read each clock. The right one has both hands in the right places.A: shows 8:10 × not a match
B: shows 9:50 × not a match
C: shows 10:40 × not a match
D: shows 8:50 ✓ - Choose the clock. D
Check. Clock D has the minute hand at 50 minutes and the hour hand past 8. ✓
Watch out. A clock with the hands the wrong way round (short hand for minutes) shows a different time.
Key words. The minute hand goes round once in 1 hour = 60 minutes. Each numbered gap on the clock is 5 minutes. Each tiny mark is 1 minute. Past means minutes after the hour. To means minutes before the next hour.
Method. Count the minutes in fives from the 12, then count on single marks.
- Count in fives from the 12 to the number. Each numbered gap is 5 minutes.5, 10, 15, 20 → 20 minutes
- Write the answer. 20 minutes past the hour
Check. 20 = 4 × 5 + 0. ✓
Watch out. The 5 on the clock means 25 minutes, not 5 minutes.
Key words. The minute hand goes round once in 1 hour = 60 minutes. Each numbered gap on the clock is 5 minutes. Each tiny mark is 1 minute. Past means minutes after the hour. To means minutes before the next hour.
Method. Count the minutes in fives from the 12, then count on single marks.
- Count in fives from the 12 to the number. Each numbered gap is 5 minutes.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 → 45 minutes
- Write the answer. 45 minutes past the hour
Check. 45 = 9 × 5 + 0. ✓
Watch out. The 5 on the clock means 25 minutes, not 5 minutes.
Key words. The minute hand goes round once in 1 hour = 60 minutes. Each numbered gap on the clock is 5 minutes. Each tiny mark is 1 minute. Past means minutes after the hour. To means minutes before the next hour.
Method. Count the minutes in fives from the 12, then count on single marks.
- Count in fives from the 12 to the number. Each numbered gap is 5 minutes.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 → 55 minutes
- Write the answer. 55 minutes past the hour
Check. 55 = 11 × 5 + 0. ✓
Watch out. The 5 on the clock means 25 minutes, not 5 minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Read the minutes first. Up to 30 we say past. After 30 we say to the next hour.
- Look at the minutes in 3:25. The number after the colon is the minutes past the hour.25 minutes
- Decide: past or to? The first half of the hour is past. The second half is counting to the next hour.Minutes 1 to 30: past. Minutes 31 to 59: to.
- Say the time in words. 25 is 30 or fewer, so we say past. Say the minutes, then past, then 3.
twenty-five past three
Check. Going back: twenty-five past three is 3:25. ✓
Watch out. For “to” times, the hour you say is the next hour, but the digital time shows the hour before.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Read the minutes first. Up to 30 we say past. After 30 we say to the next hour.
- Look at the minutes in 8:50. The number after the colon is the minutes past the hour.50 minutes
- Decide: past or to? The first half of the hour is past. The second half is counting to the next hour.Minutes 1 to 30: past. Minutes 31 to 59: to.
- Say the time in words. 50 is more than 30, so we say to. 60 − 50 = 10 minutes to the next hour, 9.
ten to nine
Check. Going back: ten to nine is 8:50. ✓
Watch out. For “to” times, the hour you say is the next hour, but the digital time shows the hour before.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Read the minutes first. Up to 30 we say past. After 30 we say to the next hour.
- Look at the minutes in 6:05. The number after the colon is the minutes past the hour.05 minutes
- Decide: past or to? The first half of the hour is past. The second half is counting to the next hour.Minutes 1 to 30: past. Minutes 31 to 59: to.
- Say the time in words. 5 is 30 or fewer, so we say past. Say the minutes, then past, then 6.
five past six
Check. Going back: five past six is 6:05. ✓
Watch out. For “to” times, the hour you say is the next hour, but the digital time shows the hour before.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Read the minutes first. Up to 30 we say past. After 30 we say to the next hour.
- Look at the minutes in 11:35. The number after the colon is the minutes past the hour.35 minutes
- Decide: past or to? The first half of the hour is past. The second half is counting to the next hour.Minutes 1 to 30: past. Minutes 31 to 59: to.
- Say the time in words. 35 is more than 30, so we say to. 60 − 35 = 25 minutes to the next hour, 12.
twenty-five to twelve
Check. Going back: twenty-five to twelve is 11:35. ✓
Watch out. For “to” times, the hour you say is the next hour, but the digital time shows the hour before.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. For “past” the hour stays. For “to” count back from the next hour: the hour is one less.
- Find the minutes. The number before “past” is the minutes after the hour.20 minutes past 9
- Write the hour then the minutes. Past means the hour stays the same.9:20
- Check by saying it back. 9:20 is twenty past nine.
Check. 9:20 in words is twenty past nine. ✓
Watch out. The minutes always have two digits: 5 minutes is 05.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. For “past” the hour stays. For “to” count back from the next hour: the hour is one less.
- Find how many minutes are left to the next hour. “To” means before the next hour.10 to 2: 10 minutes before 2
- Take the 10 minutes away from 60 to get the minutes past 1. The hour before 2 is 1.60 − 10 = 50
The time is 1:50 = 1:50 - Check by saying it back. 1:50 is ten to two.
Check. 1:50 in words is ten to two. ✓
Watch out. “To 2” times are in the hour before 2. Quarter to 2 is 1:45, not 2:45.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. For “past” the hour stays. For “to” count back from the next hour: the hour is one less.
- Find the minutes. The number before “past” is the minutes after the hour.5 minutes past 12
- Write the hour then the minutes. Past means the hour stays the same.12:05
- Check by saying it back. 12:05 is five past twelve.
Check. 12:05 in words is five past twelve. ✓
Watch out. The minutes always have two digits: 5 minutes is 05.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. For “past” the hour stays. For “to” count back from the next hour: the hour is one less.
- Find how many minutes are left to the next hour. “To” means before the next hour.25 to 6: 25 minutes before 6
- Take the 25 minutes away from 60 to get the minutes past 5. The hour before 6 is 5.60 − 25 = 35
The time is 5:35 = 5:35 - Check by saying it back. 5:35 is twenty-five to six.
Check. 5:35 in words is twenty-five to six. ✓
Watch out. “To 6” times are in the hour before 6. Quarter to 6 is 5:45, not 6:45.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Change “twenty to five” into a digital time, read the clock, then compare the two times.
- Read the clock. The hour hand is just past 4 and the minute hand is on the 5, so it is 25 minutes past 4.The clock shows 4:25 (twenty-five past four).
- Write the lesson time as a digital time. “Twenty to five” means 20 minutes before 5 o’clock: 60 − 20 = 40 minutes past 4.Lesson time = 4:40
- Compare the times. 4:25 is earlier than 4:40.The clock time (4:25) is before the lesson (4:40).
- Answer. No, the lesson has not started. It is 15 minutes before the start.
Check. 4:25 + 15 minutes = 4:40. ✓
Watch out. Change the “to” time into a time past the hour so that you can compare the two times easily.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The minute hand tells us the minutes. Count in fives to the number it points at.
- Look at what Tom said. Tom said “eight past six”. He read the number 8 as 8 minutes.Tom: “eight past six”
- Find the mistake. The minute hand on the 8 does not mean 8 minutes. Each number is 5 minutes, so we must count in fives.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 → 8 × 5 = 40 minutes
- Say the correct time. The hour hand is just past 6 and the minute hand is on the left side, so we can say 40 minutes past 6 or “to” the next hour.60 − 40 = 20 minutes to 7. The time is twenty to seven (6:40).
Check. 6:40 in words is twenty to seven. ✓
Watch out. The 8 on the clock face is not 8 minutes. It is 40 minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. At 12 the minute hand points straight up. That means 0 minutes past the hour, so it is an o’clock time.
- Think about the minute hand on the 12. It has not gone any minutes past the hour.0 minutes past
- Test with some times. Try 3 o’clock, 9 o’clock and 12 o’clock.The minute hand is on the 12 each time.
- Decide. This is always true.
Check. Every o’clock time has the minute hand on the 12. ✓
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. At quarter past the minute hand is on the 3. Find out where the hour hand is.
- Think about quarter past 4. 15 minutes is a quarter of an hour, so the hour hand has moved a quarter of the way from the 4 to the 5.It is a little past the 4.
- Is it exactly on a number? The hour hand only points exactly at a number on the hour.At quarter past it is between the 4 and the 5.
- Decide. This is never true.
Check. Look at the clock for 4:15 at the start of this chapter. ✓
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The hands point the same way when the hour hand and minute hand are on top of each other.
- Try 12 o’clock. Both hands point straight up at the 12.The hands point the same way.
- Try 3 o’clock. The hour hand points at the 3 and the minute hand points at the 12.The hands point different ways.
- Decide. It happens at some times but not at all times.This is sometimes true.
Check. We found one time when it is true and one time when it is not. ✓
quarter past three 3:15 fifteen minutes past three quarter to three
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Change every time into numbers, then find the one that is different.
- Write each time in numbers. It is easier to compare them as digital times.quarter past three = 3:15
3:15 = 3:15
fifteen minutes past three = 3:15
quarter to three = 2:45 (15 minutes before 3) - Compare. Three of them are the same time.Three are 3:15. One is 2:45.
- Choose. The odd one out is quarter to three.
Check. Quarter to three is before 3 o’clock. The others are after 3 o’clock. ✓
Watch out. “Quarter to three” and “quarter past three” are different times.
(a) Write the time in words and in numbers. (b) The minute hand now moves round 6 numbers. What time does the clock show then?
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Read the clock to find the time. Then add the minutes the minute hand moves on.
- Read the minute hand. It points at the 9. Count in fives: 5, 10, ... 45.9 × 5 = 45 minutes
- Read the hour hand. It is between 4 and 5, so the hour is 4.The time is 4:45. We write it in words as quarter to five.
- Move the minute hand 6 numbers on. Each number is 5 minutes.6 × 5 = 30 minutes. 4:45 + 30 minutes: 4:45 + 15 minutes = 5:00, and 5:00 + 15 minutes = 5:15
- Say the new time in words. 5:15 is quarter past five
Check. From 4:45 to 5:15 is 30 minutes. ✓
Watch out. Take care when the minute hand goes past the 12. The hour changes.
Reading to the nearest minute, and clocks with Roman numerals
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Between one number and the next on a clock face there are 5 small gaps. Each small gap is 1 minute. So we can read the time to the nearest minute.
How to read the minutes. Look at the minute hand. Find the last number it has passed. Count in fives to that number. Then count on the small marks.
Past or to? If the minute hand is on the right-hand side (up to 30 minutes), say how many minutes past. If it is on the left-hand side, say how many minutes are left to the next hour. To find the minutes to the next hour take the minutes away from 60. At 7:47, 60 − 47 = 13, so it is 13 minutes to 8.
Where is the hour hand? The hour hand moves slowly all the time. Halfway through the hour it is halfway between two numbers. Just before the next hour it is nearly at the next number, but the hour is still the smaller number.
Roman numeral clocks. Some clocks use Roman numerals instead of 1 to 12. You read the hands in just the same way. The minute hand counts in fives from the XII.
I = 1 II = 2 III = 3 IV = 4 V = 5 VI = 6 VII = 7 VIII = 8 IX = 9 X = 10 XI = 11 XII = 12
Some clocks write 4 as IIII instead of IV. It still means 4. On a clock face with no numbers at all, use the long marks: the top is 12, the right is 3, the bottom is 6 and the left is 9.
Key ideas
- Each number on the clock is 5 minutes. Each small mark is 1 minute.
- To read the minutes: count in fives to the last number passed, then count on the small marks.
- Up to 30 minutes say past. After 30 minutes, take the minutes from 60 and say to the next hour.
- The hour is the number the short hand has passed. At 5:55 the hour hand is nearly at 6, but the hour is 5.
- Roman numerals: I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII. The XII is at the top. Read the hands the same way.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Find the hour and the minutes. If the minutes are 30 or fewer say past. If they are more than 30, work out how many minutes are left to the next hour.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 7 and 8. It has passed 7 but has not reached 8, so the hour is 7.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 4 and is 3 small marks further on.
The 4 is 4 × 5 = 20 minutes. Now count on 3.
20 + 3 = 23 minutes - Say it with past or to. Up to 30 minutes we say past. After 30 minutes we count the minutes left to the next hour and say to.23 minutes after 7: 23 minutes past 7
Check. In numbers this is 7:23. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Find the hour and the minutes. If the minutes are 30 or fewer say past. If they are more than 30, work out how many minutes are left to the next hour.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 4 and 5. It has passed 4 but has not reached 5, so the hour is 4.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 9 and is 2 small marks further on.
The 9 is 9 × 5 = 45 minutes. Now count on 2.
45 + 2 = 47 minutes - Say it with past or to. Up to 30 minutes we say past. After 30 minutes we count the minutes left to the next hour and say to.60 − 47 = 13 minutes before 5: 13 minutes to 5
Check. In numbers this is 4:47. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 11 and 12. It has passed 11 but has not reached 12, so the hour is 11.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 1 and is 3 small marks further on.
The 1 is 1 × 5 = 5 minutes. Now count on 3.
5 + 3 = 8 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 11, minutes 08 → 11:08
Check. In words this is eight minutes past eleven. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Find the hour and the minutes. If the minutes are 30 or fewer say past. If they are more than 30, work out how many minutes are left to the next hour.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 2 and 3. It has passed 2 but has not reached 3, so the hour is 2.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 11 and is 3 small marks further on.
The 11 is 11 × 5 = 55 minutes. Now count on 3.
55 + 3 = 58 minutes - Say it with past or to. Up to 30 minutes we say past. After 30 minutes we count the minutes left to the next hour and say to.60 − 58 = 2 minutes before 3: 2 minutes to 3
Check. In numbers this is 2:58. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 9 and 10. It has passed 9 but has not reached 10, so the hour is 9.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 2 and is 2 small marks further on.
The 2 is 2 × 5 = 10 minutes. Now count on 2.
10 + 2 = 12 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 9, minutes 12 → 9:12
Check. In words this is twelve minutes past nine. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Find the hour and the minutes. If the minutes are 30 or fewer say past. If they are more than 30, work out how many minutes are left to the next hour.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 10 and 11. It has passed 10 but has not reached 11, so the hour is 10.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 7 and is 2 small marks further on.
The 7 is 7 × 5 = 35 minutes. Now count on 2.
35 + 2 = 37 minutes - Say it with past or to. Up to 30 minutes we say past. After 30 minutes we count the minutes left to the next hour and say to.60 − 37 = 23 minutes before 11: 23 minutes to 11
Check. In numbers this is 10:37. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 8 and 9. It has passed 8 but has not reached 9, so the hour is 8.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 3 and is 4 small marks further on.
The 3 is 3 × 5 = 15 minutes. Now count on 4.
15 + 4 = 19 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 8, minutes 19 → 8:19
Check. In words this is nineteen minutes past eight. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The hour hand and the minute hand must agree. Look at the minute hand first.
- Read the minute hand. The minute hand points at the 11. Count in fives: 5, 10, ... 55.11 × 5 = 55 minutes
- Think about the hour hand. It is nearly at the 6, but not quite there. At 55 minutes past the hour the hour hand is almost at the next number.The hour hand has passed the 5 but not reached the 6.
- Find the hour. The hour is the number the short hand has passed.The hour is 5.
- Write the time. The time is 5:55, which is 5 minutes to 6. It is not 6:55.
Check. 5:55 is only 5 minutes before 6 o’clock, so the hour hand is nearly on the 6. ✓
Watch out. Do not say the hour hand has reached the 6 until it is exactly on it.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Work out where both hands should be. Then check each clock.
- Say the time we want: 6:37. We need the hour and the minutes in numbers.6:37
- Find where the minute hand should point. The long hand shows the minutes.The minute hand is 2 small marks after the 7 (35 + 2 = 37 minutes).
- Find where the hour hand should be. The short hand shows the hour.The hour hand is between 6 and 7 (it has passed 6).
- Check each clock. Read each clock. The right one has both hands in the right places.A: shows 6:37 ✓
B: shows 6:23 × not a match
C: shows 7:32 × not a match
D: shows 5:37 × not a match - Choose the clock. A
Check. Clock A has the minute hand at 37 minutes and the hour hand past 6. ✓
Watch out. A clock with the hands the wrong way round (short hand for minutes) shows a different time.
Watch out
Count carefully from the last number. Do not just read the number the hand is nearest to. At 4:23 the hand is nearest to the 5 (25 minutes) but it has not reached it: it is 3 marks after the 4. And for the hour, remember: at 5:55 the hour hand is almost on the 6, but the time is 5:55, not 6:55.Exercise 8B Reading to the nearest minute
Non-calculatorKey words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 2 and 3. It has passed 2 but has not reached 3, so the hour is 2.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 1 and is 2 small marks further on.
The 1 is 1 × 5 = 5 minutes. Now count on 2.
5 + 2 = 7 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 2, minutes 07 → 2:07
Check. In words this is seven minutes past two. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 5 and 6. It has passed 5 but has not reached 6, so the hour is 5.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 2 and is 3 small marks further on.
The 2 is 2 × 5 = 10 minutes. Now count on 3.
10 + 3 = 13 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 5, minutes 13 → 5:13
Check. In words this is thirteen minutes past five. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 9 and 10. It has passed 9 but has not reached 10, so the hour is 9.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 5 and is 3 small marks further on.
The 5 is 5 × 5 = 25 minutes. Now count on 3.
25 + 3 = 28 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 9, minutes 28 → 9:28
Check. In words this is twenty-eight minutes past nine. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 11 and 12. It has passed 11 but has not reached 12, so the hour is 11.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 8 and is 1 small mark further on.
The 8 is 8 × 5 = 40 minutes. Now count on 1.
40 + 1 = 41 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 11, minutes 41 → 11:41
Check. In words this is nineteen minutes to twelve. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Find the hour and the minutes. If the minutes are 30 or fewer say past. If they are more than 30, work out how many minutes are left to the next hour.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 3 and 4. It has passed 3 but has not reached 4, so the hour is 3.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 9 and is 3 small marks further on.
The 9 is 9 × 5 = 45 minutes. Now count on 3.
45 + 3 = 48 minutes - Say it with past or to. Up to 30 minutes we say past. After 30 minutes we count the minutes left to the next hour and say to.60 − 48 = 12 minutes before 4: 12 minutes to 4
Check. In numbers this is 3:48. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Find the hour and the minutes. If the minutes are 30 or fewer say past. If they are more than 30, work out how many minutes are left to the next hour.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 8 and 9. It has passed 8 but has not reached 9, so the hour is 8.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 10 and is 2 small marks further on.
The 10 is 10 × 5 = 50 minutes. Now count on 2.
50 + 2 = 52 minutes - Say it with past or to. Up to 30 minutes we say past. After 30 minutes we count the minutes left to the next hour and say to.60 − 52 = 8 minutes before 9: 8 minutes to 9
Check. In numbers this is 8:52. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Find the hour and the minutes. If the minutes are 30 or fewer say past. If they are more than 30, work out how many minutes are left to the next hour.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 10 and 11. It has passed 10 but has not reached 11, so the hour is 10.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 6 and is 4 small marks further on.
The 6 is 6 × 5 = 30 minutes. Now count on 4.
30 + 4 = 34 minutes - Say it with past or to. Up to 30 minutes we say past. After 30 minutes we count the minutes left to the next hour and say to.60 − 34 = 26 minutes before 11: 26 minutes to 11
Check. In numbers this is 10:34. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Find the hour and the minutes. If the minutes are 30 or fewer say past. If they are more than 30, work out how many minutes are left to the next hour.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 1 and 2. It has passed 1 but has not reached 2, so the hour is 1.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 11 and is 2 small marks further on.
The 11 is 11 × 5 = 55 minutes. Now count on 2.
55 + 2 = 57 minutes - Say it with past or to. Up to 30 minutes we say past. After 30 minutes we count the minutes left to the next hour and say to.60 − 57 = 3 minutes before 2: 3 minutes to 2
Check. In numbers this is 1:57. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 4 and 5. It has passed 4 but has not reached 5, so the hour is 4.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 3 and is 1 small mark further on.
The 3 is 3 × 5 = 15 minutes. Now count on 1.
15 + 1 = 16 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 4, minutes 16 → 4:16
Check. In words this is sixteen minutes past four. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 9 and 10. It has passed 9 but has not reached 10, so the hour is 9.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 4 and is 2 small marks further on.
The 4 is 4 × 5 = 20 minutes. Now count on 2.
20 + 2 = 22 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 9, minutes 22 → 9:22
Check. In words this is twenty-two minutes past nine. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 1 and 2. It has passed 1 but has not reached 2, so the hour is 1.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 10 and is 3 small marks further on.
The 10 is 10 × 5 = 50 minutes. Now count on 3.
50 + 3 = 53 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 1, minutes 53 → 1:53
Check. In words this is seven minutes to two. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 6 and 7. It has passed 6 but has not reached 7, so the hour is 6.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 7 and is 3 small marks further on.
The 7 is 7 × 5 = 35 minutes. Now count on 3.
35 + 3 = 38 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 6, minutes 38 → 6:38
Check. In words this is twenty-two minutes to seven. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 7 and 8. It has passed 7 but has not reached 8, so the hour is 7.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 2 and is 1 small mark further on.
The 2 is 2 × 5 = 10 minutes. Now count on 1.
10 + 1 = 11 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 7, minutes 11 → 7:11
Check. In words this is eleven minutes past seven. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 12 and 1. It has passed 12 but has not reached 1, so the hour is 12.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 5 and is 1 small mark further on.
The 5 is 5 × 5 = 25 minutes. Now count on 1.
25 + 1 = 26 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 12, minutes 26 → 12:26
Check. In words this is twenty-six minutes past twelve. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 2 and 3. It has passed 2 but has not reached 3, so the hour is 2.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 8 and is 4 small marks further on.
The 8 is 8 × 5 = 40 minutes. Now count on 4.
40 + 4 = 44 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 2, minutes 44 → 2:44
Check. In words this is sixteen minutes to three. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Work out where both hands should be. Then check each clock.
- Say the time we want: 7:52, which is 8 minutes to 8. We need the hour and the minutes in numbers.7:52
- Find where the minute hand should point. The long hand shows the minutes.The minute hand is 2 small marks after the 10 (50 + 2 = 52 minutes).
- Find where the hour hand should be. The short hand shows the hour.The hour hand is between 7 and 8 (it has passed 7).
- Check each clock. Read each clock. The right one has both hands in the right places.A: shows 7:28 × not a match
B: shows 8:52 × not a match
C: shows 7:52 ✓
D: shows 10:37 × not a match - Choose the clock. C
Check. Clock C has the minute hand at 52 minutes and the hour hand past 7. ✓
Watch out. A clock with the hands the wrong way round (short hand for minutes) shows a different time.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Read each clock as a digital time. Then put the times in order: earliest first.
- Read each clock. Look at the hour hand first, then count the minutes.A: 3:05
B: 2:55
C: 3:15
D: 2:48 - Compare the hours. The times with hour 2 come before the times with hour 3.Hour 2: B (2:55), D (2:48)
Hour 3: A (3:05), C (3:15) - Compare the minutes inside each hour. More minutes past the hour means later.2:48 comes before 2:55, and 3:05 comes before 3:15.
- Write the order. D, B, A, C
Check. 2:48 then 2:55 then 3:05 then 3:15. Each time is later than the one before. ✓
Watch out. 2:55 is earlier than 3:05, even though 55 is bigger than 5.
Key words. The minute hand goes round once in 1 hour = 60 minutes. Each numbered gap on the clock is 5 minutes. Each tiny mark is 1 minute. Past means minutes after the hour. To means minutes before the next hour.
Method. The minutes to the next hour are what is left of the 60 minutes. Take the minutes away from 60, or count on to 60.
- Write down the minutes. The time is 4:37, so it is 37 minutes past 4.37 minutes past
- Count on to 60. An hour has 60 minutes. We find how many minutes are left to get to 60.37 to 40 is 3. 40 to 60 is 20.
3 + 20 = 23 - Write the answer. There are 23 minutes to 5 o’clock.
Check. 37 + 23 = 60. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, so take away from 60, not from 100.
Key words. The minute hand goes round once in 1 hour = 60 minutes. Each numbered gap on the clock is 5 minutes. Each tiny mark is 1 minute. Past means minutes after the hour. To means minutes before the next hour.
Method. The minutes to the next hour are what is left of the 60 minutes. Take the minutes away from 60, or count on to 60.
- Write down the minutes. The time is 9:52, so it is 52 minutes past 9.52 minutes past
- Count on to 60. An hour has 60 minutes. We find how many minutes are left to get to 60.60 − 52 = 8
- Write the answer. There are 8 minutes to 10 o’clock.
Check. 52 + 8 = 60. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, so take away from 60, not from 100.
Key words. The minute hand goes round once in 1 hour = 60 minutes. Each numbered gap on the clock is 5 minutes. Each tiny mark is 1 minute. Past means minutes after the hour. To means minutes before the next hour.
Method. The minutes to the next hour are what is left of the 60 minutes. Take the minutes away from 60, or count on to 60.
- Write down the minutes. The time is 12:18, so it is 18 minutes past 12.18 minutes past
- Count on to 60. An hour has 60 minutes. We find how many minutes are left to get to 60.18 to 20 is 2. 20 to 60 is 40.
2 + 40 = 42 - Write the answer. There are 42 minutes to 1 o’clock.
Check. 18 + 42 = 60. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, so take away from 60, not from 100.
Key words. The minute hand goes round once in 1 hour = 60 minutes. Each numbered gap on the clock is 5 minutes. Each tiny mark is 1 minute. Past means minutes after the hour. To means minutes before the next hour.
Method. Count the minutes in fives from the 12, then count on single marks.
- Count in fives from the 12 to the number. Each numbered gap is 5 minutes.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35 → 35 minutes
- Count on 3 more small marks. Each small mark is 1 minute.35 + 3 = 38 minutes
Check. 38 = 7 × 5 + 3. ✓
Watch out. The 5 on the clock means 25 minutes, not 5 minutes.
Key words. The minute hand goes round once in 1 hour = 60 minutes. Each numbered gap on the clock is 5 minutes. Each tiny mark is 1 minute. Past means minutes after the hour. To means minutes before the next hour.
Method. Count the minutes in fives from the 12, then count on single marks.
- Count in fives from the 12 to the number. Each numbered gap is 5 minutes.5, 10 → 10 minutes
- Count on 4 more small marks. Each small mark is 1 minute.10 + 4 = 14 minutes
Check. 14 = 2 × 5 + 4. ✓
Watch out. The 5 on the clock means 25 minutes, not 5 minutes.
Key words. The minute hand goes round once in 1 hour = 60 minutes. Each numbered gap on the clock is 5 minutes. Each tiny mark is 1 minute. Past means minutes after the hour. To means minutes before the next hour.
Method. Count the minutes in fives from the 12, then count on single marks.
- Count in fives from the 12 to the number. Each numbered gap is 5 minutes.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 → 50 minutes
- Count on 2 more small marks. Each small mark is 1 minute.50 + 2 = 52 minutes
Check. 52 = 10 × 5 + 2. ✓
Watch out. The 5 on the clock means 25 minutes, not 5 minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Read the clock, then find the minutes to 6 o’clock. Compare with what Noah and Priya said.
- Read the clock. The hour hand is just before the 6 and the minute hand is 3 marks after the 9: 45 + 3 = 48 minutes.5:48
- Check Priya. Priya said 5:48.Priya is right.
- Check Noah. Noah said 12 minutes to 6. Work out the minutes to 6.60 − 48 = 12, so 12 minutes to 6 is the same as 5:48. Noah is right.
- Answer. They are both right. They say the same time in two different ways.
Check. 5:48 + 12 minutes = 6:00. ✓
Watch out. Past and to are two ways of saying the same time.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Read the minute hand carefully. Count in fives, then decide whether it is past or to.
- Read what Leo said. Leo said “five past four”. He saw the hour hand nearly at the 4 and the minute hand on the 11.Leo: “five past four”
- Find the mistake. The minute hand on the 11 means 11 × 5 = 55 minutes. Leo read the 11 as 5 minutes and said past.11 × 5 = 55 minutes
- Say the correct time. The hour hand has not reached the 4, so the hour is 3. 55 minutes past 3 is 5 minutes to 4.60 − 55 = 5. The time is five to four (3:55).
Check. 3:55 is 5 minutes before 4 o’clock. ✓
Watch out. Look at the hour hand. If it has not reached a number, the hour is the number before.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 6 and 7. It has passed 6 but has not reached 7, so the hour is 6.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 4. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20.
4 × 5 = 20 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 6, minutes 20 → 6:20
Check. In words this is twenty past six. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand. Check whether it points exactly at the 7, or between two numbers.
- Read the minute hand. It is on the 8. 8 × 5 = 40 minutes.The time is 6:40.
- Think about the hour hand at 40 minutes past 6. 40 minutes is two thirds of an hour (40 out of 60), so the hour hand has gone two thirds of the way from the 6 to the 7.The hour hand is between the 6 and the 7.
- Is it pointing at the 7? It only points at the 7 at 7 o’clock.It is not on the 7 yet.
- Answer. Tom is not right. The hour hand points between 6 and 7. It is still 6:40.
Check. The clock shows 6:40, which is 20 minutes before 7 o’clock. ✓
Watch out. The hour hand does not jump. It moves slowly between the numbers.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Only the hour hand is shown. Use where it is to work out the minutes.
- Look at the hour hand. It is exactly halfway between the 8 and the 9. The hour is 8.Halfway between 8 and 9
- Think about the minutes. The hour hand is halfway when half of the hour has gone. Half of 60 minutes is 30 minutes.60 ÷ 2 = 30 minutes
- Write the time. The minute hand would point at the 6.The time is 8:30 (half past eight). The minute hand points at the 6.
Check. At 8:30 the hour hand has done half of the way from 8 to 9. ✓
Watch out. The hour hand tells you roughly how many minutes have gone.
Digital time: am, pm and the 24-hour clock
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A digital clock shows the time in numbers: the hour, a colon (:), then the minutes. A quarter past 3 is 3:15. The minutes always have two digits, so 5 minutes past 3 is 3:05.
A day has 24 hours, but a clock face only has 12. So each time on the clock happens twice every day. We use am and pm to tell them apart.
- am is for the morning: from midnight (12 at night) until noon (12 midday).
- pm is for the afternoon and evening: from noon until midnight.
The 24-hour clock does not need am or pm. It counts the hours from 00 to 23 and always shows four digits: two for the hour and two for the minutes.
- Morning (am): the hour stays the same. 8:05 am is 08:05. Add a 0 at the front if the hour is only one digit.
- Afternoon and evening (pm): add 12 to the hour. 4:25 pm is 4 + 12 = 16:25.
- Special times: 12:30 pm stays 12:30. Just after midnight, 12:30 am is 00:30. Midnight itself is 00:00.
| 12-hour (morning) | 24-hour | 12-hour (afternoon) | 24-hour |
|---|---|---|---|
| 12 am | 00:00 | 12 pm | 12:00 |
| 1 am | 01:00 | 1 pm | 13:00 |
| 2 am | 02:00 | 2 pm | 14:00 |
| 3 am | 03:00 | 3 pm | 15:00 |
| 4 am | 04:00 | 4 pm | 16:00 |
| 5 am | 05:00 | 5 pm | 17:00 |
| 6 am | 06:00 | 6 pm | 18:00 |
| 7 am | 07:00 | 7 pm | 19:00 |
| 8 am | 08:00 | 8 pm | 20:00 |
| 9 am | 09:00 | 9 pm | 21:00 |
| 10 am | 10:00 | 10 pm | 22:00 |
| 11 am | 11:00 | 11 pm | 23:00 |
To go the other way, from 24-hour to 12-hour: if the hour is 13 or more, take away 12 and write pm. 21:40 is 21 − 12 = 9, so 9:40 pm.
Key ideas
- am = morning (midnight to noon). pm = afternoon and evening (noon to midnight).
- A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits (3:05).
- 24-hour clock: no am or pm. It goes from 00:00 to 23:59 and always has four digits.
- 12-hour to 24-hour: am keeps the hour; pm adds 12.
- 24-hour to 12-hour: if the hour is 13 or more, take away 12 and write pm.
- Special times: 12:00 pm is noon (12:00). 12:00 am is midnight (00:00). 12:30 pm is 12:30 but 12:30 am is 00:30.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. am is for times from midnight to noon. pm is for times from noon to midnight. Use the clue to choose.
- Look at the clue: “in the morning”. It tells us the part of the day.Morning: am. Afternoon or evening: pm.
- Choose am or pm. am is for the morning, from midnight until noon.in the morning → am
- Write the time. Hour, colon, minutes, then am or pm.7:30 am
Check. Say it back: 7:30 am is in the morning. ✓
Watch out. 12 noon is 12:00 pm. Midnight is 12:00 am.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. am is for times from midnight to noon. pm is for times from noon to midnight. Use the clue to choose.
- Look at the clue: “in the evening”. It tells us the part of the day.Morning: am. Afternoon or evening: pm.
- Choose am or pm. pm is for the afternoon and evening, from noon until midnight.in the evening → pm
- Write the time. Hour, colon, minutes, then am or pm.6:15 pm
Check. Say it back: 6:15 pm is in the evening. ✓
Watch out. 12 noon is 12:00 pm. Midnight is 12:00 am.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. For am times the hour stays the same (12 am becomes 00). For pm times add 12 to the hour (12 pm stays 12).
- Look at am or pm: 4:25 pm. This tells us which rule to use.4:25 pm
- Add 12 to the hour. For pm times the 24-hour clock carries on counting after 12.4 + 12 = 16
- Write the 24-hour time. Two digits for the hour, a colon, two digits for the minutes.16:25
Check. Change back: 16:25 is 4:25 pm. ✓
Watch out. Do not add 12 to a morning time, and do not add 12 to 12 pm.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. For am times the hour stays the same (12 am becomes 00). For pm times add 12 to the hour (12 pm stays 12).
- Look at am or pm: 8:05 am. This tells us which rule to use.8:05 am
- Keep the hour. For am times the hour number stays the same on the 24-hour clock.8 stays 8. Write it with two digits: 08
- Write the 24-hour time. Two digits for the hour, a colon, two digits for the minutes.08:05
Check. Change back: 08:05 is 8:05 am. ✓
Watch out. Do not add 12 to a morning time, and do not add 12 to 12 pm.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Before 12:00 it is am and the hour stays. From 13:00 take 12 away and use pm.
- Look at the hour in 21:40. It tells us whether it is morning or afternoon.The hour is 21.
- Take 12 away from the hour. After 12:00 the 24-hour clock goes 13, 14, 15... and the 12-hour clock goes 1, 2, 3... with pm.21 − 12 = 9 pm
- Write the 12-hour time. Use the colon and the minutes, then am or pm.9:40 pm
Check. Change back: 9:40 pm is 21:40. ✓
Watch out. Midnight is 00:00. 24:00 is the same moment at the end of the day.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. For am times the hour stays the same (12 am becomes 00). For pm times add 12 to the hour (12 pm stays 12).
- Look at am or pm: 12:15 pm. This tells us which rule to use.12:15 pm
- Keep the hour. 12:xx pm is just after noon. The hour is still 12.12 stays 12
- Write the 24-hour time. Two digits for the hour, a colon, two digits for the minutes.12:15
Check. Change back: 12:15 is 12:15 pm. ✓
Watch out. Do not add 12 to a morning time, and do not add 12 to 12 pm.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Before 12:00 it is am and the hour stays. From 13:00 take 12 away and use pm.
- Look at the hour in 00:50. It tells us whether it is morning or afternoon.The hour is 0.
- Change the hour. 00 is just after midnight. On the 12-hour clock we say 12, and it is am.00 → 12 am
- Write the 12-hour time. Use the colon and the minutes, then am or pm.12:50 am
Check. Change back: 12:50 am is 00:50. ✓
Watch out. Midnight is 00:00. 24:00 is the same moment at the end of the day.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Read the clock, add am or pm for the part of the day, then (if asked) change it to the 24-hour clock.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 3 and 4. It has passed 3 but has not reached 4, so the hour is 3.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 4. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20.
4 × 5 = 20 minutes - Read the time in numbers and add am or pm. The question says it is the afternoon or evening, so it is pm.3:20 pm = 3:20 pm
- Change to the 24-hour clock. am keeps the hour. pm adds 12 (except 12 pm).pm: add 12 to the hour. 3 + 12 = 15.
15:20
Check. 3:20 pm is 15:20 on the 24-hour clock. ✓
Watch out. A clock face cannot tell you am or pm. You need a clue.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Work out where both hands should be. Then check each clock.
- Say the time we want: 15:20 is 12 + 3 = 3 pm, so 3:20 pm. We need the hour and the minutes in numbers.3:20
- Find where the minute hand should point. The long hand shows the minutes.The minute hand points at the 4 (4 × 5 = 20 minutes).
- Find where the hour hand should be. The short hand shows the hour.The hour hand is between 3 and 4 (it has passed 3).
- Check each clock. Read each clock. The right one has both hands in the right places.A: shows 3:20 ✓
B: shows 4:15 × not a match
C: shows 8:15 × not a match
D: shows 3:40 × not a match - Choose the clock. A
Check. Clock A has the minute hand at 20 minutes and the hour hand past 3. ✓
Watch out. A clock with the hands the wrong way round (short hand for minutes) shows a different time.
Watch out
12 is special. 12:30 pm is not 24:30 and 12:30 am is not 12:30 in the 24-hour clock. At 12 noon the 24-hour hour is 12. Just after midnight it is 00. Also, do not add 12 to a morning time: 4:25 am is 04:25, but 4:25 pm is 16:25.Exercise 8C Digital time, am, pm and the 24-hour clock
Non-calculatorKey words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. am is for times from midnight to noon. pm is for times from noon to midnight. Use the clue to choose.
- Look at the clue: “in the morning before school”. It tells us the part of the day.Morning: am. Afternoon or evening: pm.
- Choose am or pm. am is for the morning, from midnight until noon.in the morning before school → am
- Write the time. Hour, colon, minutes, then am or pm.7:45 am
Check. Say it back: 7:45 am is in the morning before school. ✓
Watch out. 12 noon is 12:00 pm. Midnight is 12:00 am.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. am is for times from midnight to noon. pm is for times from noon to midnight. Use the clue to choose.
- Look at the clue: “in the afternoon after school”. It tells us the part of the day.Morning: am. Afternoon or evening: pm.
- Choose am or pm. pm is for the afternoon and evening, from noon until midnight.in the afternoon after school → pm
- Write the time. Hour, colon, minutes, then am or pm.3:30 pm
Check. Say it back: 3:30 pm is in the afternoon after school. ✓
Watch out. 12 noon is 12:00 pm. Midnight is 12:00 am.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. am is for times from midnight to noon. pm is for times from noon to midnight. Use the clue to choose.
- Look at the clue: “in the evening at bedtime”. It tells us the part of the day.Morning: am. Afternoon or evening: pm.
- Choose am or pm. pm is for the afternoon and evening, from noon until midnight.in the evening at bedtime → pm
- Write the time. Hour, colon, minutes, then am or pm.8:15 pm
Check. Say it back: 8:15 pm is in the evening at bedtime. ✓
Watch out. 12 noon is 12:00 pm. Midnight is 12:00 am.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. am is for times from midnight to noon. pm is for times from noon to midnight. Use the clue to choose.
- Look at the clue: “in the morning just before lunch”. It tells us the part of the day.Morning: am. Afternoon or evening: pm.
- Choose am or pm. am is for the morning, from midnight until noon.in the morning just before lunch → am
- Write the time. Hour, colon, minutes, then am or pm.11:05 am
Check. Say it back: 11:05 am is in the morning just before lunch. ✓
Watch out. 12 noon is 12:00 pm. Midnight is 12:00 am.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. For am times the hour stays the same (12 am becomes 00). For pm times add 12 to the hour (12 pm stays 12).
- Look at am or pm: 6:30 am. This tells us which rule to use.6:30 am
- Keep the hour. For am times the hour number stays the same on the 24-hour clock.6 stays 6. Write it with two digits: 06
- Write the 24-hour time. Two digits for the hour, a colon, two digits for the minutes.06:30
Check. Change back: 06:30 is 6:30 am. ✓
Watch out. Do not add 12 to a morning time, and do not add 12 to 12 pm.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. For am times the hour stays the same (12 am becomes 00). For pm times add 12 to the hour (12 pm stays 12).
- Look at am or pm: 2:45 pm. This tells us which rule to use.2:45 pm
- Add 12 to the hour. For pm times the 24-hour clock carries on counting after 12.2 + 12 = 14
- Write the 24-hour time. Two digits for the hour, a colon, two digits for the minutes.14:45
Check. Change back: 14:45 is 2:45 pm. ✓
Watch out. Do not add 12 to a morning time, and do not add 12 to 12 pm.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. For am times the hour stays the same (12 am becomes 00). For pm times add 12 to the hour (12 pm stays 12).
- Look at am or pm: 9:10 pm. This tells us which rule to use.9:10 pm
- Add 12 to the hour. For pm times the 24-hour clock carries on counting after 12.9 + 12 = 21
- Write the 24-hour time. Two digits for the hour, a colon, two digits for the minutes.21:10
Check. Change back: 21:10 is 9:10 pm. ✓
Watch out. Do not add 12 to a morning time, and do not add 12 to 12 pm.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. For am times the hour stays the same (12 am becomes 00). For pm times add 12 to the hour (12 pm stays 12).
- Look at am or pm: 11:55 am. This tells us which rule to use.11:55 am
- Keep the hour. For am times the hour number stays the same on the 24-hour clock.11 stays 11. Write it with two digits: 11
- Write the 24-hour time. Two digits for the hour, a colon, two digits for the minutes.11:55
Check. Change back: 11:55 is 11:55 am. ✓
Watch out. Do not add 12 to a morning time, and do not add 12 to 12 pm.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Before 12:00 it is am and the hour stays. From 13:00 take 12 away and use pm.
- Look at the hour in 07:20. It tells us whether it is morning or afternoon.The hour is 7.
- Keep the hour. Times before 12:00 are in the morning, so they are am. The hour stays.7 am
- Write the 12-hour time. Use the colon and the minutes, then am or pm.7:20 am
Check. Change back: 7:20 am is 07:20. ✓
Watch out. Midnight is 00:00. 24:00 is the same moment at the end of the day.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Before 12:00 it is am and the hour stays. From 13:00 take 12 away and use pm.
- Look at the hour in 13:05. It tells us whether it is morning or afternoon.The hour is 13.
- Take 12 away from the hour. After 12:00 the 24-hour clock goes 13, 14, 15... and the 12-hour clock goes 1, 2, 3... with pm.13 − 12 = 1 pm
- Write the 12-hour time. Use the colon and the minutes, then am or pm.1:05 pm
Check. Change back: 1:05 pm is 13:05. ✓
Watch out. Midnight is 00:00. 24:00 is the same moment at the end of the day.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Before 12:00 it is am and the hour stays. From 13:00 take 12 away and use pm.
- Look at the hour in 18:45. It tells us whether it is morning or afternoon.The hour is 18.
- Take 12 away from the hour. After 12:00 the 24-hour clock goes 13, 14, 15... and the 12-hour clock goes 1, 2, 3... with pm.18 − 12 = 6 pm
- Write the 12-hour time. Use the colon and the minutes, then am or pm.6:45 pm
Check. Change back: 6:45 pm is 18:45. ✓
Watch out. Midnight is 00:00. 24:00 is the same moment at the end of the day.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Before 12:00 it is am and the hour stays. From 13:00 take 12 away and use pm.
- Look at the hour in 23:30. It tells us whether it is morning or afternoon.The hour is 23.
- Take 12 away from the hour. After 12:00 the 24-hour clock goes 13, 14, 15... and the 12-hour clock goes 1, 2, 3... with pm.23 − 12 = 11 pm
- Write the 12-hour time. Use the colon and the minutes, then am or pm.11:30 pm
Check. Change back: 11:30 pm is 23:30. ✓
Watch out. Midnight is 00:00. 24:00 is the same moment at the end of the day.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Read the clock, add am or pm for the part of the day, then (if asked) change it to the 24-hour clock.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 4 and 5. It has passed 4 but has not reached 5, so the hour is 4.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 2. Count in fives: 5, 10.
2 × 5 = 10 minutes - Read the time in numbers and add am or pm. The question says it is the afternoon or evening, so it is pm.4:10 pm = 4:10 pm
Check. 4:10 pm is 16:10 on the 24-hour clock. ✓
Watch out. A clock face cannot tell you am or pm. You need a clue.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Read the clock, add am or pm for the part of the day, then (if asked) change it to the 24-hour clock.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 9 and 10. It has passed 9 but has not reached 10, so the hour is 9.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 7. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35.
7 × 5 = 35 minutes - Read the time in numbers and add am or pm. The question says it is the morning, so it is am.9:35 am = 9:35 am
Check. 9:35 am is 09:35 on the 24-hour clock. ✓
Watch out. A clock face cannot tell you am or pm. You need a clue.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Read the clock, add am or pm for the part of the day, then (if asked) change it to the 24-hour clock.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 1 and 2. It has passed 1 but has not reached 2, so the hour is 1.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 11. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55.
11 × 5 = 55 minutes - Read the time in numbers and add am or pm. The question says it is the afternoon or evening, so it is pm.1:55 pm = 1:55 pm
Check. 1:55 pm is 13:55 on the 24-hour clock. ✓
Watch out. A clock face cannot tell you am or pm. You need a clue.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Read the clock, add am or pm for the part of the day, then (if asked) change it to the 24-hour clock.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 7 and 8. It has passed 7 but has not reached 8, so the hour is 7.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 5. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25.
5 × 5 = 25 minutes - Read the time in numbers and add am or pm. The question says it is the afternoon or evening, so it is pm.7:25 pm = 7:25 pm
Check. 7:25 pm is 19:25 on the 24-hour clock. ✓
Watch out. A clock face cannot tell you am or pm. You need a clue.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Read the clock, add am or pm for the part of the day, then (if asked) change it to the 24-hour clock.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 10 and 11. It has passed 10 but has not reached 11, so the hour is 10.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 3. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15.
3 × 5 = 15 minutes - Read the time in numbers and add am or pm. The question says it is the morning, so it is am.10:15 am = 10:15 am
- Change to the 24-hour clock. am keeps the hour. pm adds 12 (except 12 pm).am: the hour stays the same. Write 10:15.
10:15
Check. 10:15 am is 10:15 on the 24-hour clock. ✓
Watch out. A clock face cannot tell you am or pm. You need a clue.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Read the clock, add am or pm for the part of the day, then (if asked) change it to the 24-hour clock.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 5 and 6. It has passed 5 but has not reached 6, so the hour is 5.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 8. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40.
8 × 5 = 40 minutes - Read the time in numbers and add am or pm. The question says it is the afternoon or evening, so it is pm.5:40 pm = 5:40 pm
- Change to the 24-hour clock. am keeps the hour. pm adds 12 (except 12 pm).pm: add 12 to the hour. 5 + 12 = 17.
17:40
Check. 5:40 pm is 17:40 on the 24-hour clock. ✓
Watch out. A clock face cannot tell you am or pm. You need a clue.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Read the clock, add am or pm for the part of the day, then (if asked) change it to the 24-hour clock.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 11 and 12. It has passed 11 but has not reached 12, so the hour is 11.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 10. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50.
10 × 5 = 50 minutes - Read the time in numbers and add am or pm. The question says it is the afternoon or evening, so it is pm.11:50 pm = 11:50 pm
- Change to the 24-hour clock. am keeps the hour. pm adds 12 (except 12 pm).pm: add 12 to the hour. 11 + 12 = 23.
23:50
Check. 11:50 pm is 23:50 on the 24-hour clock. ✓
Watch out. A clock face cannot tell you am or pm. You need a clue.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Change “quarter past 3 in the afternoon” to a 24-hour time. Then find the matching display.
- Write the time as a 12-hour time. Quarter past 3 is 15 minutes past 3. It is the afternoon, so pm.3:15 pm
- Change to 24-hour. pm: add 12 to the hour.3 + 12 = 15, so the time is 15:15
- Check each display. Find the one that says 15:15.A: 03:15 is 3:15 am (the morning)
B: 15:15 ✓
C: 15:45 is quarter to 4
D: 13:15 is quarter past 1 - Choose. B
Check. 15:15 − 12 = 3:15 pm. ✓
Watch out. 03:15 is in the morning. The afternoon needs 12 added.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. For am times the hour stays the same (12 am becomes 00). For pm times add 12 to the hour (12 pm stays 12).
- Look at am or pm: 12:30 pm. This tells us which rule to use.12:30 pm
- Keep the hour. 12:xx pm is just after noon. The hour is still 12.12 stays 12
- Write the 24-hour time. Two digits for the hour, a colon, two digits for the minutes.12:30
Check. Change back: 12:30 is 12:30 pm. ✓
Watch out. Do not add 12 to a morning time, and do not add 12 to 12 pm.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. For am times the hour stays the same (12 am becomes 00). For pm times add 12 to the hour (12 pm stays 12).
- Look at am or pm: 12:20 am. This tells us which rule to use.12:20 am
- Change the hour. 12:xx am is just after midnight. On the 24-hour clock midnight is 00.12 → 00
- Write the 24-hour time. Two digits for the hour, a colon, two digits for the minutes.00:20
Check. Change back: 00:20 is 12:20 am. ✓
Watch out. Do not add 12 to a morning time, and do not add 12 to 12 pm.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Before 12:00 it is am and the hour stays. From 13:00 take 12 away and use pm.
- Look at the hour in 00:05. It tells us whether it is morning or afternoon.The hour is 0.
- Change the hour. 00 is just after midnight. On the 12-hour clock we say 12, and it is am.00 → 12 am
- Write the 12-hour time. Use the colon and the minutes, then am or pm.12:05 am
Check. Change back: 12:05 am is 00:05. ✓
Watch out. Midnight is 00:00. 24:00 is the same moment at the end of the day.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Before 12:00 it is am and the hour stays. From 13:00 take 12 away and use pm.
- Look at the hour in 12:45. It tells us whether it is morning or afternoon.The hour is 12.
- Keep the hour. 12:xx is just after noon, so it is pm.12 pm
- Write the 12-hour time. Use the colon and the minutes, then am or pm.12:45 pm
Check. Change back: 12:45 pm is 12:45. ✓
Watch out. Midnight is 00:00. 24:00 is the same moment at the end of the day.
7:15 pm 16:50 5:30 pm 18:05
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Write every time as a 24-hour time. Then put them in order.
- Change each time to 24-hour. It is easier to compare when they are all written the same way.7:15 pm = 19:15
16:50 = 16:50
5:30 pm = 17:30
18:05 = 18:05 - Compare the hours, then the minutes. The smaller number is the earlier time.16:50, 17:30, 18:05, 19:15
- Write them in the original way, earliest first. 16:50, 5:30 pm, 18:05, 7:15 pm
Check. Each time is later than the one before it. ✓
Watch out. Do not compare 7:15 pm with 16:50 straight away. Change 7:15 pm to 19:15 first.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Before 12:00 it is am and the hour stays. From 13:00 take 12 away and use pm.
- Look at the hour in 09:00. It tells us whether it is morning or afternoon.The hour is 9.
- Keep the hour. Times before 12:00 are in the morning, so they are am. The hour stays.9 am
- Write the 12-hour time. Use the colon and the minutes, then am or pm.9:00 am
Check. Change back: 9:00 am is 09:00. ✓
Watch out. Midnight is 00:00. 24:00 is the same moment at the end of the day.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Before 12:00 it is am and the hour stays. From 13:00 take 12 away and use pm.
- Look at the hour in 17:30. It tells us whether it is morning or afternoon.The hour is 17.
- Take 12 away from the hour. After 12:00 the 24-hour clock goes 13, 14, 15... and the 12-hour clock goes 1, 2, 3... with pm.17 − 12 = 5 pm
- Write the 12-hour time. Use the colon and the minutes, then am or pm.5:30 pm
Check. Change back: 5:30 pm is 17:30. ✓
Watch out. Midnight is 00:00. 24:00 is the same moment at the end of the day.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Change both times to the same type, then compare.
- Change Ravi’s time to 24-hour. 5:30 pm is a pm time, so add 12 to the hour.5 + 12 = 17, so 5:30 pm = 17:30
- Write Omar’s time. It is already a 24-hour time.Omar: 17:15
- Compare. Both are hour 17. Compare the minutes: 15 is less than 30.17:15 comes before 17:30
- Answer. Omar’s training starts first.
Check. 17:15 is quarter past 5 and 17:30 is half past 5. ✓
Watch out. Change both times to the same type of clock before you compare.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Check what the 24-hour time should be. Then compare it with what Leo wrote.
- Look at 4:30 pm. It is a pm time.pm means the afternoon.
- Add 12 to the hour. pm times on the 24-hour clock need 12 added.4 + 12 = 16, so 4:30 pm is 16:30
- What did Leo write? 04:30 is the same as 4:30 am, which is in the early morning.Leo wrote the morning time.
Check. 16:30 − 12 = 4:30 pm. ✓
Watch out. For pm times, add 12. Do not just put a 0 in front.
16:20 4:20 pm twenty past four in the afternoon 4:20 am
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Write every time as a 12-hour time and find the one that is different.
- Write each time in the same way. This makes them easy to compare.16:20 = 4:20 pm (16 − 12 = 4)
4:20 pm
twenty past four in the afternoon = 4:20 pm
4:20 am is in the morning - Compare. Three are 4:20 in the afternoon. One is 4:20 in the morning.am is not the same as pm.
- Choose. The odd one out is 4:20 am.
Check. 4:20 am is 04:20, but the others are 16:20. ✓
Watch out. The same numbers can be in the morning or the afternoon. am and pm matter.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Think about 12-hour times that end in pm. Try one with an hour of 12 and one without.
- Try 4:25 pm. Add 12 to the hour.4 + 12 = 16. The hour goes up by 12.
- Try 12:25 pm. The 24-hour time is 12:25. The hour did not change.12 + 0 = 12. The hour does not go up by 12.
- Decide. It works for most pm times but not for 12 pm.This is sometimes true.
Check. We found one pm time where it works and one where it does not. ✓
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. The 24-hour clock does not use am or pm.
- Look at how 24-hour times are written. They are written as four digits, like 16:45.There is no am or pm.
- Decide. This is never true.
Check. Look at the 24-hour times in the table. None has am or pm. ✓
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Look at the first hours of the day on the 24-hour clock.
- Think about the morning. The morning times go from 00:00 to 11:59. The hours are 00 to 11.None of these hours is 13 or more.
- Think about the afternoon. After 12:59 the hours are 13, 14, 15 and so on up to 23.These are 13 or more.
- Decide. It depends on the time of day.This is sometimes true.
Check. 07:15 has an hour less than 13 and 19:15 has an hour more than 13. ✓
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Think about when the 12-hour clock shows 12:00. Then think about the two times it could be.
- Find the first 12:00 of the day. The 12-hour clock restarts at midnight.12:00 am = midnight = 00:00
- Find the second 12:00. Half a day later it is the middle of the day.12:00 pm = noon = 12:00
- Explain. Noah is right: a 12-hour display shows 12:00 two times each day. The am and pm tell us apart.Both are 12 hours apart: midnight and noon.
Check. Midnight to noon is 12 hours, and noon to the next midnight is 12 hours. ✓
Watch out. 12:00 am is midnight and 12:00 pm is noon. It is easy to swap them.
Units of time: seconds, minutes, hours, days and weeks
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
We measure time in lots of different units. Short times are in seconds and minutes. Longer times are in hours, days, weeks, months and years. Here is how they fit together:
The facts to know: 60 seconds = 1 minute | 60 minutes = 1 hour | 24 hours = 1 day | 7 days = 1 week | 12 months = 1 year.
Big unit to small unit: multiply. There are more small units than big units. 3 hours is 3 × 60 = 180 minutes. A table helps:
| hours | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| minutes | 60 | 120 | 180 | 240 | 300 |
Small unit to big unit: divide. There are fewer big units. 240 minutes is 240 ÷ 60 = 4 hours. If something is left over, it is the remainder: 135 minutes = 2 hours and 15 minutes left over, because 2 × 60 = 120 and 135 − 120 = 15.
Mixed units. To change 3 hours 20 minutes to minutes, change the hours first (3 × 60 = 180) and then add the 20 minutes: 180 + 20 = 200 minutes.
Parts of an hour. Half an hour is 30 minutes. A quarter of an hour is 15 minutes. Three quarters of an hour is 45 minutes. So 1½ hours is 60 + 30 = 90 minutes.
Key ideas
- 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year.
- Big unit to small unit: multiply. Small unit to big unit: divide.
- When you divide, the remainder is the small units left over: 135 minutes = 2 hours 15 minutes.
- Mixed units: change the big unit first, then add the small units.
- Half an hour = 30 minutes, a quarter of an hour = 15 minutes. 1½ hours = 90 minutes.
- There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 seconds in 1 min. Going from minutes to seconds (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 min = 60 seconds
- Multiply by 60. We have 5 minutes, so we need 5 lots of 60.5 × 60 = 5 × 6 × 10 = 30 × 10 = 300
- Write the answer with its unit. 5 minutes = 300 seconds
Check. Go back: 300 ÷ 60 = 5. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 5 minutes must be more than 5 seconds.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from hours to minutes (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Multiply by 60. We have 3 hours, so we need 3 lots of 60.3 × 60 = 3 × 6 × 10 = 18 × 10 = 180
- Write the answer with its unit. 3 hours = 180 minutes
Check. Go back: 180 ÷ 60 = 3. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 3 hours must be more than 3 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 24 hours in 1 day. Going from days to hours (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 24.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 day = 24 hours
- Multiply by 24. We have 6 days, so we need 6 lots of 24.6 × 24 = 6 × 20 + 6 × 4 = 120 + 24 = 144
- Write the answer with its unit. 6 days = 144 hours
Check. Go back: 144 ÷ 24 = 6. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 6 days must be more than 6 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 7 days in 1 week. Going from weeks to days (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 7.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 week = 7 days
- Multiply by 7. We have 5 weeks, so we need 5 lots of 7.5 × 7 = 35 (a times-table fact)
- Write the answer with its unit. 5 weeks = 35 days
Check. Go back: 35 ÷ 7 = 5. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 5 weeks must be more than 5 days.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 seconds in 1 min. Going from seconds to minutes (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 min = 60 seconds
- Divide by 60. Going from seconds to minutes (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 420.420 ÷ 60 = 42 ÷ 6 = 7 (divide by 10, then by 6)
- Write the answer with its unit. 420 seconds = 7 minutes
Check. 7 × 60 = 420 = 420. ✓
Watch out. A small unit changes to a smaller number of big units. 420 seconds must be fewer than 420 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Divide by 60. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 240.240 ÷ 60 = 24 ÷ 6 = 4 (divide by 10, then by 6)
- Write the answer with its unit. 240 minutes = 4 hours
Check. 4 × 60 = 240 = 240. ✓
Watch out. A small unit changes to a smaller number of big units. 240 minutes must be fewer than 240 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60. The remainder is the left over minutes.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Divide by 60. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 135.60 × 2 = 120
60 × 3 = 180 is too big
135 − 120 = 15 left over
135 ÷ 60 = 2 remainder 15 - Write the whole hours and the left over minutes. The remainder is the minutes that do not make another whole h.135 minutes = 2 hours 15 minutes
Check. 2 × 60 = 120 and 120 + 15 = 135. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is minutes, not a decimal. 135 minutes is not 2.15 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 7 days in 1 week. Going from days to weeks (small unit to big unit), we divide by 7. The remainder is the left over days.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 week = 7 days
- Divide by 7. Going from days to weeks (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 7 are in 23.7 × 3 = 21
7 × 4 = 28 is too big
23 − 21 = 2 left over
23 ÷ 7 = 3 remainder 2 - Write the whole weeks and the left over days. The remainder is the days that do not make another whole week.23 days = 3 weeks 2 days
Check. 3 × 7 = 21 and 21 + 2 = 23. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is days, not a decimal. 23 days is not 3.2 weeks.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the hours into minutes first. Then add the minutes you already have.
- Change 3 hours into minutes. 1 h = 60 minutes, so multiply by 60.3 × 60 = 3 × 6 × 10 = 18 × 10 = 180
- Add the 20 minutes. Now we add on the minutes that were left.180 + 20 = 200
- Write the answer with its unit. 3 hours 20 minutes = 200 minutes
Check. 200 ÷ 60 = 3 remainder 20, which is 3 hours 20 minutes. ✓
Watch out. There are 60, not 100, minutes in a h.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the whole hours to minutes, then find the fraction of a h and add.
- Change the 1 whole hour into minutes. 1 h = 60 minutes.1 × 60 = 60
- Find the fraction of a h. 12 of 60 means divide 60 into 2 equal parts.60 ÷ 2 = 30
12 of a h = 30 minutes - Add the parts together. 60 + 30 = 90 minutes
Check. Check: 90 ÷ 60 = 1.5 hours. ✓
Watch out. Half an hour is 30 minutes, so 1½ hours is 90 minutes, not 1 hour 50 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. To compare two times, change them to the same unit. Then compare the numbers.
- Change 2 hours into minutes. We can only compare when both are in the same unit.2 × 60 = 120 minutes
- Write the other time in minutes. 100 minutes is already in minutes.100 minutes
- Compare the numbers. The bigger number is the longer time.120 is bigger than 100.
The longer time is 2 hours.
Check. 2 hours = 120 minutes and 100 minutes = 100 minutes. ✓
Watch out. Do not compare the numbers 2 and 100 without changing the units. They are different units!
Watch out
1.5 hours is not 1 hour 50 minutes. The number after the point is not minutes. 1.5 hours means 1 and a half hours, so it is 1 hour and 30 minutes (90 minutes). And an hour has 60 minutes, not 100, so 2.25 hours is not 2 hours 25 minutes. Always change to minutes using 60.Exercise 8D Changing units of time
Non-calculatorKey words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from hours to minutes (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Multiply by 60. We have 2 hours, so we need 2 lots of 60.2 × 60 = 2 × 6 × 10 = 12 × 10 = 120
- Write the answer with its unit. 2 hours = 120 minutes
Check. Go back: 120 ÷ 60 = 2. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 2 hours must be more than 2 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from hours to minutes (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Multiply by 60. We have 5 hours, so we need 5 lots of 60.5 × 60 = 5 × 6 × 10 = 30 × 10 = 300
- Write the answer with its unit. 5 hours = 300 minutes
Check. Go back: 300 ÷ 60 = 5. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 5 hours must be more than 5 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from hours to minutes (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Multiply by 60. We have 7 hours, so we need 7 lots of 60.7 × 60 = 7 × 6 × 10 = 42 × 10 = 420
- Write the answer with its unit. 7 hours = 420 minutes
Check. Go back: 420 ÷ 60 = 7. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 7 hours must be more than 7 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from hours to minutes (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Multiply by 60. We have 12 hours, so we need 12 lots of 60.12 × 60 = 12 × 6 × 10 = 72 × 10 = 720
- Write the answer with its unit. 12 hours = 720 minutes
Check. Go back: 720 ÷ 60 = 12. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 12 hours must be more than 12 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 seconds in 1 min. Going from minutes to seconds (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 min = 60 seconds
- Multiply by 60. We have 3 minutes, so we need 3 lots of 60.3 × 60 = 3 × 6 × 10 = 18 × 10 = 180
- Write the answer with its unit. 3 minutes = 180 seconds
Check. Go back: 180 ÷ 60 = 3. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 3 minutes must be more than 3 seconds.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 seconds in 1 min. Going from minutes to seconds (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 min = 60 seconds
- Multiply by 60. We have 6 minutes, so we need 6 lots of 60.6 × 60 = 6 × 6 × 10 = 36 × 10 = 360
- Write the answer with its unit. 6 minutes = 360 seconds
Check. Go back: 360 ÷ 60 = 6. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 6 minutes must be more than 6 seconds.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 seconds in 1 min. Going from minutes to seconds (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 min = 60 seconds
- Multiply by 60. We have 10 minutes, so we need 10 lots of 60.10 × 60 = 10 × 6 × 10 = 60 × 10 = 600
- Write the answer with its unit. 10 minutes = 600 seconds
Check. Go back: 600 ÷ 60 = 10. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 10 minutes must be more than 10 seconds.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 seconds in 1 min. Going from minutes to seconds (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 min = 60 seconds
- Multiply by 60. We have 15 minutes, so we need 15 lots of 60.15 × 60 = 15 × 6 × 10 = 90 × 10 = 900
- Write the answer with its unit. 15 minutes = 900 seconds
Check. Go back: 900 ÷ 60 = 15. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 15 minutes must be more than 15 seconds.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Divide by 60. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 120.120 ÷ 60 = 12 ÷ 6 = 2 (divide by 10, then by 6)
- Write the answer with its unit. 120 minutes = 2 hours
Check. 2 × 60 = 120 = 120. ✓
Watch out. A small unit changes to a smaller number of big units. 120 minutes must be fewer than 120 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Divide by 60. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 240.240 ÷ 60 = 24 ÷ 6 = 4 (divide by 10, then by 6)
- Write the answer with its unit. 240 minutes = 4 hours
Check. 4 × 60 = 240 = 240. ✓
Watch out. A small unit changes to a smaller number of big units. 240 minutes must be fewer than 240 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Divide by 60. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 420.420 ÷ 60 = 42 ÷ 6 = 7 (divide by 10, then by 6)
- Write the answer with its unit. 420 minutes = 7 hours
Check. 7 × 60 = 420 = 420. ✓
Watch out. A small unit changes to a smaller number of big units. 420 minutes must be fewer than 420 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Divide by 60. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 600.600 ÷ 60 = 60 ÷ 6 = 10 (divide by 10, then by 6)
- Write the answer with its unit. 600 minutes = 10 hours
Check. 10 × 60 = 600 = 600. ✓
Watch out. A small unit changes to a smaller number of big units. 600 minutes must be fewer than 600 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 24 hours in 1 day. Going from days to hours (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 24.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 day = 24 hours
- Multiply by 24. We have 2 days, so we need 2 lots of 24.2 × 24 = 2 × 20 + 2 × 4 = 40 + 8 = 48
- Write the answer with its unit. 2 days = 48 hours
Check. Go back: 48 ÷ 24 = 2. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 2 days must be more than 2 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 24 hours in 1 day. Going from days to hours (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 24.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 day = 24 hours
- Multiply by 24. We have 4 days, so we need 4 lots of 24.4 × 24 = 4 × 20 + 4 × 4 = 80 + 16 = 96
- Write the answer with its unit. 4 days = 96 hours
Check. Go back: 96 ÷ 24 = 4. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 4 days must be more than 4 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 7 days in 1 week. Going from weeks to days (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 7.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 week = 7 days
- Multiply by 7. We have 3 weeks, so we need 3 lots of 7.3 × 7 = 21 (a times-table fact)
- Write the answer with its unit. 3 weeks = 21 days
Check. Go back: 21 ÷ 7 = 3. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 3 weeks must be more than 3 days.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 7 days in 1 week. Going from weeks to days (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 7.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 week = 7 days
- Multiply by 7. We have 8 weeks, so we need 8 lots of 7.8 × 7 = 56 (a times-table fact)
- Write the answer with its unit. 8 weeks = 56 days
Check. Go back: 56 ÷ 7 = 8. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 8 weeks must be more than 8 days.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 7 days in 1 week. Going from days to weeks (small unit to big unit), we divide by 7. The remainder is the left over days.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 week = 7 days
- Divide by 7. Going from days to weeks (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 7 are in 16.7 × 2 = 14
7 × 3 = 21 is too big
16 − 14 = 2 left over
16 ÷ 7 = 2 remainder 2 - Write the whole weeks and the left over days. The remainder is the days that do not make another whole week.16 days = 2 weeks 2 days
Check. 2 × 7 = 14 and 14 + 2 = 16. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is days, not a decimal. 16 days is not 2.2 weeks.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 7 days in 1 week. Going from days to weeks (small unit to big unit), we divide by 7. The remainder is the left over days.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 week = 7 days
- Divide by 7. Going from days to weeks (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 7 are in 29.7 × 4 = 28
7 × 5 = 35 is too big
29 − 28 = 1 left over
29 ÷ 7 = 4 remainder 1 - Write the whole weeks and the left over days. The remainder is the days that do not make another whole week.29 days = 4 weeks 1 day
Check. 4 × 7 = 28 and 28 + 1 = 29. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is days, not a decimal. 29 days is not 4.1 weeks.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 7 days in 1 week. Going from days to weeks (small unit to big unit), we divide by 7. The remainder is the left over days.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 week = 7 days
- Divide by 7. Going from days to weeks (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 7 are in 45.7 × 6 = 42
7 × 7 = 49 is too big
45 − 42 = 3 left over
45 ÷ 7 = 6 remainder 3 - Write the whole weeks and the left over days. The remainder is the days that do not make another whole week.45 days = 6 weeks 3 days
Check. 6 × 7 = 42 and 42 + 3 = 45. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is days, not a decimal. 45 days is not 6.3 weeks.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 7 days in 1 week. Going from days to weeks (small unit to big unit), we divide by 7. The remainder is the left over days.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 week = 7 days
- Divide by 7. Going from days to weeks (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 7 are in 60.7 × 8 = 56
7 × 9 = 63 is too big
60 − 56 = 4 left over
60 ÷ 7 = 8 remainder 4 - Write the whole weeks and the left over days. The remainder is the days that do not make another whole week.60 days = 8 weeks 4 days
Check. 8 × 7 = 56 and 56 + 4 = 60. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is days, not a decimal. 60 days is not 8.4 weeks.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the hours into minutes first. Then add the minutes you already have.
- Change 2 hours into minutes. 1 h = 60 minutes, so multiply by 60.2 × 60 = 2 × 6 × 10 = 12 × 10 = 120
- Add the 20 minutes. Now we add on the minutes that were left.120 + 20 = 140
- Write the answer with its unit. 2 hours 20 minutes = 140 minutes
Check. 140 ÷ 60 = 2 remainder 20, which is 2 hours 20 minutes. ✓
Watch out. There are 60, not 100, minutes in a h.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the hours into minutes first. Then add the minutes you already have.
- Change 3 hours into minutes. 1 h = 60 minutes, so multiply by 60.3 × 60 = 3 × 6 × 10 = 18 × 10 = 180
- Add the 5 minutes. Now we add on the minutes that were left.180 + 5 = 185
- Write the answer with its unit. 3 hours 5 minutes = 185 minutes
Check. 185 ÷ 60 = 3 remainder 5, which is 3 hours 5 minutes. ✓
Watch out. There are 60, not 100, minutes in a h.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the minutes into seconds first. Then add the seconds you already have.
- Change 1 minute into seconds. 1 min = 60 seconds, so multiply by 60.1 × 60 = 1 × 6 × 10 = 6 × 10 = 60
- Add the 45 seconds. Now we add on the seconds that were left.60 + 45 = 105
- Write the answer with its unit. 1 minute 45 seconds = 105 seconds
Check. 105 ÷ 60 = 1 remainder 45, which is 1 minute 45 seconds. ✓
Watch out. There are 60, not 100, seconds in a min.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the weeks into days first. Then add the days you already have.
- Change 4 weeks into days. 1 week = 7 days, so multiply by 7.4 × 7 = 28 (a times-table fact)
- Add the 3 days. Now we add on the days that were left.28 + 3 = 31
- Write the answer with its unit. 4 weeks 3 days = 31 days
Check. 31 ÷ 7 = 4 remainder 3, which is 4 weeks 3 days. ✓
Watch out. There are 7, not 100, days in a week.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60. The remainder is the left over minutes.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Divide by 60. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 125.60 × 2 = 120
60 × 3 = 180 is too big
125 − 120 = 5 left over
125 ÷ 60 = 2 remainder 5 - Write the whole hours and the left over minutes. The remainder is the minutes that do not make another whole h.125 minutes = 2 hours 5 minutes
Check. 2 × 60 = 120 and 120 + 5 = 125. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is minutes, not a decimal. 125 minutes is not 2.5 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60. The remainder is the left over minutes.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Divide by 60. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 200.60 × 3 = 180
60 × 4 = 240 is too big
200 − 180 = 20 left over
200 ÷ 60 = 3 remainder 20 - Write the whole hours and the left over minutes. The remainder is the minutes that do not make another whole h.200 minutes = 3 hours 20 minutes
Check. 3 × 60 = 180 and 180 + 20 = 200. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is minutes, not a decimal. 200 minutes is not 3.20 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 seconds in 1 min. Going from seconds to minutes (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60. The remainder is the left over seconds.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 min = 60 seconds
- Divide by 60. Going from seconds to minutes (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 150.60 × 2 = 120
60 × 3 = 180 is too big
150 − 120 = 30 left over
150 ÷ 60 = 2 remainder 30 - Write the whole minutes and the left over seconds. The remainder is the seconds that do not make another whole min.150 seconds = 2 minutes 30 seconds
Check. 2 × 60 = 120 and 120 + 30 = 150. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is seconds, not a decimal. 150 seconds is not 2.30 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 24 hours in 1 day. Going from hours to days (small unit to big unit), we divide by 24. The remainder is the left over hours.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 day = 24 hours
- Divide by 24. Going from hours to days (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 24 are in 50.24 × 2 = 48
24 × 3 = 72 is too big
50 − 48 = 2 left over
50 ÷ 24 = 2 remainder 2 - Write the whole days and the left over hours. The remainder is the hours that do not make another whole day.50 hours = 2 days 2 hours
Check. 2 × 24 = 48 and 48 + 2 = 50. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is hours, not a decimal. 50 hours is not 2.2 days.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the whole hours to minutes, then find the fraction of a h and add.
- Find the fraction of a h. 12 of 60 means divide 60 into 2 equal parts.60 ÷ 2 = 30
12 of a h = 30 minutes - Write the answer. 30 minutes
Check. Check: 30 ÷ 60 = 0.5 hours. ✓
Watch out. Half an hour is 30 minutes, so 1½ hours is 90 minutes, not 1 hour 50 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the whole hours to minutes, then find the fraction of a h and add.
- Find the fraction of a h. 14 of 60 means divide 60 into 4 equal parts.60 ÷ 4 = 15
14 of a h = 15 minutes - Write the answer. 15 minutes
Check. Check: 15 ÷ 60 = 0.25 hours. ✓
Watch out. Half an hour is 30 minutes, so 1½ hours is 90 minutes, not 1 hour 50 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the whole hours to minutes, then find the fraction of a h and add.
- Change the 1 whole hour into minutes. 1 h = 60 minutes.1 × 60 = 60
- Find the fraction of a h. 12 of 60 means divide 60 into 2 equal parts.60 ÷ 2 = 30
12 of a h = 30 minutes - Add the parts together. 60 + 30 = 90 minutes
Check. Check: 90 ÷ 60 = 1.5 hours. ✓
Watch out. Half an hour is 30 minutes, so 1½ hours is 90 minutes, not 1 hour 50 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the whole hours to minutes, then find the fraction of a h and add.
- Change the 2 whole hours into minutes. 1 h = 60 minutes.2 × 60 = 120
- Find the fraction of a h. 34 of 60 means divide 60 into 4 equal parts and take 3.60 ÷ 4 = 15, then 3 × 15 = 45
- Add the parts together. 120 + 45 = 165 minutes
Check. Check: 165 ÷ 60 = 2.75 hours. ✓
Watch out. Half an hour is 30 minutes, so 1½ hours is 90 minutes, not 1 hour 50 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. To compare two times, change them to the same unit. Then compare the numbers.
- Change 2 hours into minutes. We can only compare when both are in the same unit.2 × 60 = 120 minutes
- Write the other time in minutes. 100 minutes is already in minutes.100 minutes
- Compare the numbers. The bigger number is the longer time.120 is bigger than 100.
2 hours > 100 minutes
Check. 2 hours = 120 minutes and 100 minutes = 100 minutes. ✓
Watch out. Do not compare the numbers 2 and 100 without changing the units. They are different units!
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. To compare two times, change them to the same unit. Then compare the numbers.
- Change 3 minutes into seconds. We can only compare when both are in the same unit.3 × 60 = 180 seconds
- Write the other time in seconds. 200 seconds is already in seconds.200 seconds
- Compare the numbers. The bigger number is the longer time.200 is bigger than 180.
3 minutes < 200 seconds
Check. 3 minutes = 180 seconds and 200 seconds = 200 seconds. ✓
Watch out. Do not compare the numbers 2 and 100 without changing the units. They are different units!
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. To compare two times, change them to the same unit. Then compare the numbers.
- Change 2 days into hours. We can only compare when both are in the same unit.2 × 24 = 48 hours
- Write the other time in hours. 50 hours is already in hours.50 hours
- Compare the numbers. The bigger number is the longer time.50 is bigger than 48.
2 days < 50 hours
Check. 2 days = 48 hours and 50 hours = 50 hours. ✓
Watch out. Do not compare the numbers 2 and 100 without changing the units. They are different units!
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60. The remainder is the left over minutes.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Divide by 60. Going from minutes to hours (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 95.60 × 1 = 60
60 × 2 = 120 is too big
95 − 60 = 35 left over
95 ÷ 60 = 1 remainder 35 - Write the whole hours and the left over minutes. The remainder is the minutes that do not make another whole h.95 minutes = 1 hour 35 minutes
Check. 1 × 60 = 60 and 60 + 35 = 95. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is minutes, not a decimal. 95 minutes is not 1.35 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Multiply the minutes each day by 7 days. Then change the minutes into hours and minutes.
- Find the minutes in a week. Zainab practises 20 minutes on each of 7 days.7 × 20 = 7 × 2 × 10 = 14 × 10 = 140 minutes
- Change 140 minutes into hours. 60 minutes make 1 hour.60 × 2 = 120
60 × 3 = 180 is too big
140 − 120 = 20 left over - Write the answer. 140 minutes = 2 hours 20 minutes
Check. 2 × 60 + 20 = 140. ✓
Watch out. Remember to change minutes into hours using 60, not 100.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 7 days in a week. Multiply the hours of sleep each day by 7.
- Write the sum. The baby sleeps 14 hours on each of 7 days.7 × 14
- Split 14 to make it easier. 14 = 10 + 4.7 × 10 = 70 and 7 × 4 = 28
- Add the answers. 70 + 28 = 98 hours
Check. 98 ÷ 7 = 14. ✓
Watch out. Use 7 days in a week.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change 1.5 hours properly. The .5 means a half, not 50 minutes.
- Look at what Aisha said. 1.5 hours = 1 hour 50 minutes.Aisha: 1 hour 50 minutes
- Find the mistake. She treated the 5 as 50 minutes. But .5 is a half of an hour, and an hour has 60 minutes, not 100.half of 60 = 60 ÷ 2 = 30 minutes
- Write the right answer. 1.5 hours = 1 hour + 30 minutes = 1 hour 30 minutes (90 minutes)
Check. 1 hour 30 minutes = 60 + 30 = 90 minutes, and half way between 1 hour and 2 hours is 90 minutes. ✓
Watch out. .5 of an hour is 30 minutes. 1 hour 50 minutes is more than 1.75 hours.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change weeks to days and compare with what Noah said.
- Change 3 weeks into days. 1 week = 7 days.3 × 7 = 21 days
- Compare with 20 days. Noah said 20.21 is not 20.
- Explain. Noah is not right. 20 days is 2 weeks 6 days, which is 1 day less than 3 weeks.20 ≠ 21
Check. 21 ÷ 7 = 3 weeks. ✓
Watch out. Use the 7 times table: 7, 14, 21.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 hour and 60 seconds in 1 minute. Use both facts.
- Find the seconds in a minute. This fact we know.1 minute = 60 seconds
- Find the minutes in an hour. This fact we know too.1 hour = 60 minutes
- Multiply the two facts. 60 minutes in an hour, and each minute has 60 seconds.60 × 60 = 6 × 6 × 100 = 36 × 100 = 3,600 seconds
Check. 3,600 ÷ 60 = 60 minutes. ✓
Watch out. Think of 60 groups of 60.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 24 hours in a day and 60 minutes in each hour. Multiply the two facts.
- Write the facts. 24 hours in a day and 60 minutes in an hour.1 day = 24 hours, 1 hour = 60 minutes
- Multiply. We need 24 lots of 60.24 × 60 = 24 × 6 × 10 = 144 × 10 = 1,440 minutes
Check. 1,440 ÷ 60 = 24. ✓
Watch out. 24 × 6 = 144, then multiply by 10.
Months, years and the calendar
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A year has 12 months. So to change years into months we multiply by 12 (4 years = 4 × 12 = 48 months), and to change months into years we divide by 12.
Days in each month. Some months have 31 days, some have 30, and February is different: 28 days, or 29 in a leap year. Here is a trick to remember. Make a fist. Say the months along your knuckles and the dips between them. Every knuckle is a month with 31 days. Every dip is a month with 30 days (except February). After July, go back to the first knuckle for August.
Years and leap years. A normal year has 365 days. Every 4 years there is a leap year with 366 days. In a leap year, February has 29 days, not 28. How to check if a year is a leap year: look at the last two digits. If they can be divided by 4 with nothing left over, it is a leap year (2024: 24 ÷ 4 = 6). 2030 is not: 30 ÷ 4 = 7 remainder 2.
Weeks. There are 7 days in a week. A year has 52 weeks and 1 extra day (52 × 7 = 364).
| Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | ||||||
| 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
| 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 |
| 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 |
| 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 |
| 30 | 31 |
Finding dates. To find a date some days or weeks later, add the days. If the answer is bigger than the number of days in the month, take away the days in the month. The first day after the end of the month is the 1st of the next month. For example: 20 June + 2 weeks is 20 + 14 = 34. June has 30 days, so 34 − 30 = 4: it is 4 July.
Key ideas
- 12 months = 1 year. Years to months: × 12. Months to years: ÷ 12.
- 31 days: January, March, May, July, August, October, December. 30 days: April, June, September, November.
- February has 28 days, and 29 days in a leap year.
- A year has 365 days. A leap year has 366 days and comes every 4 years (the last two digits divide by 4).
- 7 days = 1 week. Dates in the same column of a calendar are 7 days apart.
- To find a later date: add the days, and if you go past the end of the month, take away the days in the month.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Use your knuckles. Each knuckle is a month with 31 days. Each dip between knuckles is a month with 30 days (except February).
- Make a fist and say the months, starting on the first knuckle. Start at the first knuckle for January.Jan: knuckle
Feb: dip
Mar: knuckle
Apr: dip
May: knuckle
Jun: dip
Jul: knuckle - Find out if July is a knuckle or a dip. Knuckle: 31 days. Dip: 30 days. February is the odd one out.July is a knuckle: 31 days.
- Write the answer. July has 31 days.
Check. The rhyme way: April, June, September and November have 30. February has 28 or 29. All the rest have 31. ✓
Watch out. February is the only month that does not have 30 or 31 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Use your knuckles. Each knuckle is a month with 31 days. Each dip between knuckles is a month with 30 days (except February).
- Make a fist and say the months, starting on the first knuckle. August is a knuckle too: after July go back to the first knuckle and start again.Aug: knuckle
Sep: dip - Find out if September is a knuckle or a dip. Knuckle: 31 days. Dip: 30 days. February is the odd one out.September is a dip: 30 days.
- Write the answer. September has 30 days.
Check. The rhyme way: April, June, September and November have 30. February has 28 or 29. All the rest have 31. ✓
Watch out. February is the only month that does not have 30 or 31 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Use your knuckles. Each knuckle is a month with 31 days. Each dip between knuckles is a month with 30 days (except February).
- Make a fist and say the months, starting on the first knuckle. Start at the first knuckle for January.Jan: knuckle
Feb: dip - Find out if February is a knuckle or a dip. Knuckle: 31 days. Dip: 30 days. February is the odd one out.February is a dip with 28 days, but in a leap year it has 29. 2028 is a leap year, so February 2028 has 29 days.
- Write the answer. February has 29 days.
Check. The rhyme way: April, June, September and November have 30. February has 28 or 29. All the rest have 31. ✓
Watch out. February is the only month that does not have 30 or 31 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. A leap year can be divided by 4 with nothing left over. To check, divide the last two digits by 4.
- Look at the last two digits of 2028. Because 100 divides exactly by 4, only the last two digits matter.The last two digits are 28.
- Divide 28 by 4. If there is no remainder, the number is in the 4 times table.4 × 7 = 28. 28 ÷ 4 = 7 exactly.
- Decide. 2028 can be divided by 4 exactly, so it is a leap year. Yes
Check. 4 × 507 = 2,028 = 2028. ✓
Watch out. A leap year has 366 days, and February has 29 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. A leap year can be divided by 4 with nothing left over. To check, divide the last two digits by 4.
- Look at the last two digits of 2030. Because 100 divides exactly by 4, only the last two digits matter.The last two digits are 30.
- Divide 30 by 4. If there is no remainder, the number is in the 4 times table.4 × 7 = 28. 30 − 28 = 2 left over.
- Decide. 2030 cannot be divided by 4 exactly, so it is not a leap year. No
Check. 4 × 507 = 2,028, and 2030 is 2 more. ✓
Watch out. A leap year has 366 days, and February has 29 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Find how many days are in each month. Then add them up.
- Write the number of days in each month. Use the knuckles. Knuckle = 31, dip = 30, February = 28 (29 in a leap year).June: 30 days
July: 31 days - Add the days. The total is all the days together.30 + 31 = 61
- Write the answer. June and July: 61 days
Check. Check by adding in a different order. ✓
Watch out. Check February: it has 28 days, or 29 in a leap year.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 12 months in 1 year. Going from years to months (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 12.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 year = 12 months
- Multiply by 12. We have 4 years, so we need 4 lots of 12.4 × 12 = 48 (a times-table fact)
- Write the answer with its unit. 4 years = 48 months
Check. Go back: 48 ÷ 12 = 4. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 4 years must be more than 4 months.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 12 months in 1 year. Going from months to years (small unit to big unit), we divide by 12. The remainder is the left over months.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 year = 12 months
- Divide by 12. Going from months to years (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 12 are in 30.12 × 2 = 24
12 × 3 = 36 is too big
30 − 24 = 6 left over
30 ÷ 12 = 2 remainder 6 - Write the whole years and the left over months. The remainder is the months that do not make another whole year.30 months = 2 years 6 months
Check. 2 × 12 = 24 and 24 + 6 = 30. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is months, not a decimal. 30 months is not 2.6 years.
| Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | ||||||
| 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
| 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 |
| 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 |
| 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 |
| 30 | 31 |
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Find the date in the calendar. Then look at the top of its column to read the day of the week.
- Find 17 in the calendar. The dates are in rows. Each row is one week.17 March
- Look straight up the column. The day names are at the top of each column.The column is headed Tue.
- Write the answer. 17 March is a Tuesday.
Check. Dates in the same column are 7 days apart: 17 + 7 = 24, which is also a Tuesday. ✓
Watch out. Read straight up the column. A date in the row above or below is a different day.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Add the days to the date. If the answer is bigger than the number of days in the month, take that number away and move to the next month.
- Change 2 weeks into days. 1 week = 7 days.2 × 7 = 14 days
- Add the days to the date. Count on from the date.20 + 14 = 34
- 34 is more than the days in June, so move to the next month. June has 30 days. Take them away to see how far into the next month we are.34 − 30 = 4
- Write the date. 4 July
Check. Count back 14 days from 4 July to get to 20 June. ✓
Watch out. June has 30 days, so after the 30th comes the 1st of the next month.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Add the days to the date. If the answer is bigger than the number of days in the month, take that number away and move to the next month.
- Add the days to the date. Count on from the date.25 + 10 = 35
- 35 is more than the days in March, so move to the next month. March has 31 days. Take them away to see how far into the next month we are.35 − 31 = 4
- Write the date. 4 April
Check. Count back 10 days from 4 April to get to 25 March. ✓
Watch out. March has 31 days, so after the 31th comes the 1st of the next month.
Watch out
February is the odd one out, and the 31 days are not all together. Many children think that months alternate 31, 30, 31, 30 all year. But July and August both have 31 days. And do not say a leap year has 30 days in February. It has 29. A leap year has 366 days in the whole year.Exercise 8E Months, years and the calendar
Non-calculatorKey words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Use your knuckles. Each knuckle is a month with 31 days. Each dip between knuckles is a month with 30 days (except February).
- Make a fist and say the months, starting on the first knuckle. Start at the first knuckle for January.Jan: knuckle
Feb: dip
Mar: knuckle - Find out if March is a knuckle or a dip. Knuckle: 31 days. Dip: 30 days. February is the odd one out.March is a knuckle: 31 days.
- Write the answer. March has 31 days.
Check. The rhyme way: April, June, September and November have 30. February has 28 or 29. All the rest have 31. ✓
Watch out. February is the only month that does not have 30 or 31 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Use your knuckles. Each knuckle is a month with 31 days. Each dip between knuckles is a month with 30 days (except February).
- Make a fist and say the months, starting on the first knuckle. Start at the first knuckle for January.Jan: knuckle
Feb: dip
Mar: knuckle
Apr: dip - Find out if April is a knuckle or a dip. Knuckle: 31 days. Dip: 30 days. February is the odd one out.April is a dip: 30 days.
- Write the answer. April has 30 days.
Check. The rhyme way: April, June, September and November have 30. February has 28 or 29. All the rest have 31. ✓
Watch out. February is the only month that does not have 30 or 31 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Use your knuckles. Each knuckle is a month with 31 days. Each dip between knuckles is a month with 30 days (except February).
- Make a fist and say the months, starting on the first knuckle. August is a knuckle too: after July go back to the first knuckle and start again.Aug: knuckle
Sep: dip
Oct: knuckle
Nov: dip - Find out if November is a knuckle or a dip. Knuckle: 31 days. Dip: 30 days. February is the odd one out.November is a dip: 30 days.
- Write the answer. November has 30 days.
Check. The rhyme way: April, June, September and November have 30. February has 28 or 29. All the rest have 31. ✓
Watch out. February is the only month that does not have 30 or 31 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Use your knuckles. Each knuckle is a month with 31 days. Each dip between knuckles is a month with 30 days (except February).
- Make a fist and say the months, starting on the first knuckle. August is a knuckle too: after July go back to the first knuckle and start again.Aug: knuckle
- Find out if August is a knuckle or a dip. Knuckle: 31 days. Dip: 30 days. February is the odd one out.August is a knuckle: 31 days.
- Write the answer. August has 31 days.
Check. The rhyme way: April, June, September and November have 30. February has 28 or 29. All the rest have 31. ✓
Watch out. February is the only month that does not have 30 or 31 days.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 12 months in 1 year. Going from years to months (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 12.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 year = 12 months
- Multiply by 12. We have 3 years, so we need 3 lots of 12.3 × 12 = 36 (a times-table fact)
- Write the answer with its unit. 3 years = 36 months
Check. Go back: 36 ÷ 12 = 3. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 3 years must be more than 3 months.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 12 months in 1 year. Going from years to months (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 12.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 year = 12 months
- Multiply by 12. We have 5 years, so we need 5 lots of 12.5 × 12 = 60 (a times-table fact)
- Write the answer with its unit. 5 years = 60 months
Check. Go back: 60 ÷ 12 = 5. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 5 years must be more than 5 months.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 12 months in 1 year. Going from months to years (small unit to big unit), we divide by 12.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 year = 12 months
- Divide by 12. Going from months to years (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 12 are in 48.12 × 4 = 48
48 ÷ 12 = 4 - Write the answer with its unit. 48 months = 4 years
Check. 4 × 12 = 48 = 48. ✓
Watch out. A small unit changes to a smaller number of big units. 48 months must be fewer than 48 years.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 12 months in 1 year. Going from months to years (small unit to big unit), we divide by 12. The remainder is the left over months.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 year = 12 months
- Divide by 12. Going from months to years (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 12 are in 30.12 × 2 = 24
12 × 3 = 36 is too big
30 − 24 = 6 left over
30 ÷ 12 = 2 remainder 6 - Write the whole years and the left over months. The remainder is the months that do not make another whole year.30 months = 2 years 6 months
Check. 2 × 12 = 24 and 24 + 6 = 30. ✓
Watch out. The remainder is months, not a decimal. 30 months is not 2.6 years.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. A leap year can be divided by 4 with nothing left over. To check, divide the last two digits by 4.
- Look at the last two digits of 2024. Because 100 divides exactly by 4, only the last two digits matter.The last two digits are 24.
- Divide 24 by 4. If there is no remainder, the number is in the 4 times table.4 × 6 = 24. 24 ÷ 4 = 6 exactly.
- Decide. 2024 can be divided by 4 exactly, so it is a leap year. Yes
Check. 4 × 506 = 2,024 = 2024. ✓
Watch out. A leap year has 366 days, and February has 29 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. A leap year can be divided by 4 with nothing left over. To check, divide the last two digits by 4.
- Look at the last two digits of 2031. Because 100 divides exactly by 4, only the last two digits matter.The last two digits are 31.
- Divide 31 by 4. If there is no remainder, the number is in the 4 times table.4 × 7 = 28. 31 − 28 = 3 left over.
- Decide. 2031 cannot be divided by 4 exactly, so it is not a leap year. No
Check. 4 × 507 = 2,028, and 2031 is 3 more. ✓
Watch out. A leap year has 366 days, and February has 29 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. A leap year can be divided by 4 with nothing left over. To check, divide the last two digits by 4.
- Look at the last two digits of 2040. Because 100 divides exactly by 4, only the last two digits matter.The last two digits are 40.
- Divide 40 by 4. If there is no remainder, the number is in the 4 times table.4 × 10 = 40. 40 ÷ 4 = 10 exactly.
- Decide. 2040 can be divided by 4 exactly, so it is a leap year. Yes
Check. 4 × 510 = 2,040 = 2040. ✓
Watch out. A leap year has 366 days, and February has 29 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. A leap year can be divided by 4 with nothing left over. To check, divide the last two digits by 4.
- Look at the last two digits of 2050. Because 100 divides exactly by 4, only the last two digits matter.The last two digits are 50.
- Divide 50 by 4. If there is no remainder, the number is in the 4 times table.4 × 12 = 48. 50 − 48 = 2 left over.
- Decide. 2050 cannot be divided by 4 exactly, so it is not a leap year. No
Check. 4 × 512 = 2,048, and 2050 is 2 more. ✓
Watch out. A leap year has 366 days, and February has 29 days.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Use the knuckle trick. The dips are the months with 30 days. Remember that February is special.
- Say the months on your knuckles. Knuckles are 31 days and dips are 30 days.Jan knuckle, Feb dip, Mar knuckle, Apr dip, May knuckle, Jun dip, Jul knuckle. Then Aug knuckle, Sep dip, Oct knuckle, Nov dip, Dec knuckle.
- List the dips, but leave out February. February has 28 or 29 days, not 30.April, June, September, November
- Count them. There are 4 months with exactly 30 days.
Check. The other months have 31 days (7 of them) and February has 28 or 29: 4 + 7 + 1 = 12 months. ✓
Watch out. February has fewer than 30 days even though it is a dip.
| Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 |
| 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 |
| 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 |
| 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 |
| 29 | 30 |
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Find the date in the calendar. Then look at the top of its column to read the day of the week.
- Find 10 in the calendar. The dates are in rows. Each row is one week.10 June
- Look straight up the column. The day names are at the top of each column.The column is headed Wed.
- Write the answer. 10 June is a Wednesday.
Check. Dates in the same column are 7 days apart: 10 + 7 = 17, which is also a Wednesday. ✓
Watch out. Read straight up the column. A date in the row above or below is a different day.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Find the date in the calendar. Then look at the top of its column to read the day of the week.
- Find 26 in the calendar. The dates are in rows. Each row is one week.26 June
- Look straight up the column. The day names are at the top of each column.The column is headed Fri.
- Write the answer. 26 June is a Friday.
Check. Dates in the same column are 7 days apart. ✓
Watch out. Read straight up the column. A date in the row above or below is a different day.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Look down the column for that day. Count the dates in it.
- Find the Sun column. Each column has one day of the week.The column for Sunday.
- List the dates in that column. The dates go up by 7 each time, because there are 7 days in a week.7, 14, 21, 28
- Count them. 4 Sundays
Check. Each date is 7 more than the one before. ✓
Watch out. Check the first and last rows. The columns do not all have the same number of dates.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Count on from the first date to the second date. The number of days between them is the difference.
- Write the two dates. They are in the same month, June.5 and 19
- Take the smaller date from the bigger date. This is how many days pass.19 − 5 = 14
- Write the answer. 14 days
Check. 5 + 14 = 19. ✓
Watch out. Do not count the first day. From the 5th to the 6th is 1 day.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Find how many days are in each month. Then add them up.
- Write the number of days in each month. Use the knuckles. Knuckle = 31, dip = 30, February = 28 (29 in a leap year).January: 31 days
February: 28 days - Add the days. The total is all the days together.31 + 28 = 59
- Write the answer. January and February: 59 days
Check. Check by adding in a different order. ✓
Watch out. Check February: it has 28 days, or 29 in a leap year.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Find how many days are in each month. Then add them up.
- Write the number of days in each month. Use the knuckles. Knuckle = 31, dip = 30, February = 28 (29 in a leap year).July: 31 days
August: 31 days - Add the days. The total is all the days together.31 + 31 = 62
- Write the answer. July and August: 62 days
Check. Check by adding in a different order. ✓
Watch out. Check February: it has 28 days, or 29 in a leap year.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Find how many days are in each month. Then add them up.
- Write the number of days in each month. Use the knuckles. Knuckle = 31, dip = 30, February = 28 (29 in a leap year).September: 30 days
October: 31 days
November: 30 days - Add the days. The total is all the days together.30 + 31 + 30 = 91
- Write the answer. September, October and November: 91 days
Check. Check by adding in a different order. ✓
Watch out. Check February: it has 28 days, or 29 in a leap year.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Add the days to the date. If the answer is bigger than the number of days in the month, take that number away and move to the next month.
- Change 3 weeks into days. 1 week = 7 days.3 × 7 = 21 days
- Add the days to the date. Count on from the date.14 + 21 = 35
- 35 is more than the days in September, so move to the next month. September has 30 days. Take them away to see how far into the next month we are.35 − 30 = 5
- Write the date. 5 October
Check. Count back 21 days from 5 October to get to 14 September. ✓
Watch out. September has 30 days, so after the 30th comes the 1st of the next month.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Add the days to the date. If the answer is bigger than the number of days in the month, take that number away and move to the next month.
- Add the days to the date. Count on from the date.27 + 10 = 37
- 37 is more than the days in January, so move to the next month. January has 31 days. Take them away to see how far into the next month we are.37 − 31 = 6
- Write the date. 6 February
Check. Count back 10 days from 6 February to get to 27 January. ✓
Watch out. January has 31 days, so after the 31th comes the 1st of the next month.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Add the days to the date. If the answer is bigger than the number of days in the month, take that number away and move to the next month.
- Change 4 weeks into days. 1 week = 7 days.4 × 7 = 28 days
- Add the days to the date. Count on from the date.8 + 28 = 36
- 36 is more than the days in December, so move to the next month. December has 31 days. Take them away to see how far into the next month we are.36 − 31 = 5
- Write the date. 5 January
Check. Count back 28 days from 5 January to get to 8 December. ✓
Watch out. December has 31 days, so after the 31th comes the 1st of the next month.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Find how many days are in each month. Then add them up.
- Write the number of days in each month. Use the knuckles. Knuckle = 31, dip = 30, February = 28 (29 in a leap year).January: 31 days
February: 28 days
March: 31 days - Add the days. The total is all the days together.31 + 28 + 31 = 90
- Write the answer. January, February and March: 90 days
Check. Check by adding in a different order. ✓
Watch out. Check February: it has 28 days, or 29 in a leap year.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Find how many days are in each month. Then add them up.
- Write the number of days in each month. Use the knuckles. Knuckle = 31, dip = 30, February = 28 (29 in a leap year).January: 31 days
February: 29 days (2028 is a leap year)
March: 31 days - Add the days. The total is all the days together.31 + 29 + 31 = 91
- Write the answer. January, February and March: 91 days
Check. Check by adding in a different order. ✓
Watch out. Check February: it has 28 days, or 29 in a leap year.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the years into months first. Then add the months you already have.
- Change 3 years into months. 1 year = 12 months, so multiply by 12.3 × 12 = 36 (a times-table fact)
- Add the 4 months. Now we add on the months that were left.36 + 4 = 40
- Write the answer with its unit. 3 years 4 months = 40 months
Check. 40 ÷ 12 = 3 remainder 4, which is 3 years 4 months. ✓
Watch out. There are 12, not 100, months in a year.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Leap years come every 4 years. Add 4 to 2020 and check.
- Find the next year in the 4 times table steps. Leap years are 4 years apart.2020 + 4 = 2024
- Check it is a leap year. Divide the last two digits by 4.24 ÷ 4 = 6 exactly, so 2024 is a leap year.
Check. 2021, 2022 and 2023 are not leap years because 21, 22 and 23 do not divide by 4. ✓
Watch out. 29 February only comes in a leap year.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Take the year of the birthday away from the year he was born.
- Write the sum. Age is how many years have passed.2024 − 2020 = 4
- Write the answer. Leo has had only one birthday on 29 February by then.He will be 4 years old.
Check. 2020 + 4 = 2024. ✓
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Check how many days February has in a leap year.
- What did Tom say? Tom said there are 30 days in February in a leap year.30 days
- Find the mistake. A leap year has one extra day. February normally has 28 days, so in a leap year it has one more.28 + 1 = 29 days
- Write the right answer. February has 29 days in a leap year. No month has fewer than 28 days, and February never has 30.
Check. A leap year has 365 + 1 = 366 days. ✓
Watch out. Leap year: 29 days in February, 366 in the year.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Some months have 30 days and some do not.
- Try April. April has 30 days.
- Try May. May has 31 days.
- Decide. It is true for some months but not all.Sometimes
Check. We found a month where it is true and one where it is not. ✓
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. A leap year is one day longer than a normal year.
- Write the number of days. A normal year has 365 days. One extra day is added.365 + 1 = 366
- Decide. A leap year has 366 days. Always
Check. 366 = 52 × 7 + 2. ✓
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Leap years are 4 years apart.
- Think about the year after a leap year. The next leap year is 4 years later, not 1 year.2024 is a leap year. 2025 is not.
- Decide. Never
Check. 2025 ÷ 4 = 506 remainder 1, so not a leap year. ✓
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Write the months in order with their days. Look for two months next to each other that both have 31 days.
- Write the days in each month in order. January to December.Jan 31, Feb 28, Mar 31, Apr 30, May 31, Jun 30, Jul 31, Aug 31, Sep 30, Oct 31, Nov 30, Dec 31
- Look for two 31s next to each other. We need the same number twice in a row.Jul 31 and Aug 31. Also Dec 31 and then Jan 31 of the next year.
- Write the answer. July and August, and December and January
Check. No other neighbouring months are both 31 days. ✓
Watch out. Remember that December is followed by January of the next year.
How long does it take? Durations, start times and end times
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
The duration of something is how long it takes. To find a duration, we do not take one time away from the other like in a normal subtraction, because there are 60 minutes in an hour. We count on instead, on a number line.
Three easy jumps. Start at the start time.
- Jump to the next o’clock.
- Jump along in whole hours until you reach the hour of the end time.
- Jump the last minutes to the end time.
Add the jumps. Add the hours, then add the minutes. If the minutes come to 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.
Finding an end time. If a film starts at 2:25 pm and lasts 1 hour 50 minutes, add the whole hours first (2:25 + 1 hour = 3:25), then count on the minutes through the next o’clock: 3:25 + 35 minutes = 4:00, then 4:00 + 15 minutes = 4:15 pm.
Finding a start time. Count back from the end time. Take away the whole hours first, then the minutes, going back to the o’clock on the way.
Across noon or midnight. The same method works. Count on to 12:00 (noon or midnight), then carry on. The 24-hour clock makes this easier: 22:30 to 06:15 is 22:30 → 24:00 (1 hour 30 minutes) and 00:00 → 06:15 (6 hours 15 minutes).
Key ideas
- Duration = how long something takes. To find it, count on: to the next o’clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes.
- There are 60 minutes in an hour. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes (10 + 20), not 70.
- End time = start time + duration. Add the whole hours first, then the minutes.
- Start time = end time − duration. Count back the whole hours first, then the minutes.
- Across noon or midnight, count on to 12:00 and then carry on. Pay attention to am and pm.
- Check by counting: start + duration should give the end time.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.3:10 pm to 3:45 pm: 45 − 10 = 35 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 35
Total: 35 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 3:10 pm + 35 minutes = 3:45 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.4:40 pm to 5:00 pm: 20 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 40 = 20 minutes
5:00 pm to 5:25 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 25 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 20 + 25 = 45
Total: 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 4:40 pm + 45 minutes = 5:25 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.9:20 am to 10:00 am: 40 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 20 = 40 minutes
10:00 am to 12:00 pm: whole hours: 2 hours
12:00 pm to 12:05 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 5 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 2 hours
Minutes: 40 + 5 = 45
Total: 2 hours 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 9:20 am + 2 hours 45 minutes = 12:05 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Read the first clock. This is the start time.The first clock shows 2:20 (twenty past two).
- Read the second clock. This is the end time.The second clock shows 4:05 (five past four).
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.2:20 to 3:00: 40 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 20 = 40 minutes
3:00 to 4:00: whole hours: 1 hour
4:00 to 4:05: the minutes after the o'clock: 5 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 1 hour
Minutes: 40 + 5 = 45
Total: 1 hour 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 2:20 + 1 hour 45 minutes = 4:05. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.14:35 to 15:00: 25 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 35 = 25 minutes
15:00 to 17:00: whole hours: 2 hours
17:00 to 17:10: the minutes after the o'clock: 10 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 2 hours
Minutes: 25 + 10 = 35
Total: 2 hours 35 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 14:35 + 2 hours 35 minutes = 17:10. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.10:30 pm to 11:00 pm: 30 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 30 = 30 minutes
11:00 pm to 6:00 am: whole hours: 7 hours
6:00 am to 6:15 am: the minutes after the o'clock: 15 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 7 hours
Minutes: 30 + 15 = 45
Total: 7 hours 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 10:30 pm + 7 hours 45 minutes = 6:15 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. Adding whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.2:25 pm + 1 hour = 3:25 pm
- Count on the 50 minutes. Going to the next o'clock first makes the sum easy. The minutes left are added after.Jump to the next o'clock: 60 − 25 = 35 minutes, so 3:25 pm + 35 min = 4:00 pm.
Jump the rest: 50 − 35 = 15 minutes, so 4:00 pm + 15 min = 4:15 pm - Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 4:15 pm
Check. Count back from the end: 4:15 pm − 1 hour 50 minutes = 2:25 pm. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. Adding whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.15:40 + 2 hours = 17:40
- Count on the 35 minutes. Going to the next o'clock first makes the sum easy. The minutes left are added after.Jump to the next o'clock: 60 − 40 = 20 minutes, so 17:40 + 20 min = 18:00.
Jump the rest: 35 − 20 = 15 minutes, so 18:00 + 15 min = 18:15 - Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 18:15
Check. Count back from the end: 18:15 − 2 hours 35 minutes = 15:40. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count back from the end time: first the whole hours, then the minutes, going through the o'clock if you need to.
- Start at the end time and count back the whole hours first. Taking away whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.5:10 pm − 2 hours = 3:10 pm
- Count back the 35 minutes. Going back to the o'clock first makes the sum easy. Then we take away the minutes that are left.Go back to the o'clock first: 3:10 pm − 10 min = 3:00 pm.
Go back the rest: 35 − 10 = 25 minutes, so 3:00 pm − 25 min = 2:35 pm - Look at the number line. The arrows show the jumps back from the end time.
- Write the start time. 2:35 pm
Check. Count on from the start: 2:35 pm + 2 hours 35 minutes = 5:10 pm. ✓
Watch out. When you count back through an o'clock the hour goes down by one. 3:10 minus 20 minutes is 2:50.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count back from the end time: first the whole hours, then the minutes, going through the o'clock if you need to.
- Start at the end time and count back the whole hours first. Taking away whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.09:05 − 1 hour = 08:05
- Count back the 30 minutes. Going back to the o'clock first makes the sum easy. Then we take away the minutes that are left.Go back to the o'clock first: 08:05 − 5 min = 08:00.
Go back the rest: 30 − 5 = 25 minutes, so 08:00 − 25 min = 07:35 - Look at the number line. The arrows show the jumps back from the end time.
- Write the start time. 07:35
Check. Count on from the start: 07:35 + 1 hour 30 minutes = 09:05. ✓
Watch out. When you count back through an o'clock the hour goes down by one. 3:10 minus 20 minutes is 2:50.
Watch out
An hour is 60 minutes, not 100. From 3:50 to 5:20 is not “2 hours 30” and the minutes cannot go above 59. 3:50 to 4:00 is 10 minutes, 4:00 to 5:00 is 1 hour, 5:00 to 5:20 is 20 minutes: 1 hour 30 minutes. Also, when you count back through an o’clock, the hour goes down.Exercise 8F Durations, start times and end times
Non-calculatorKey words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.9:10 am to 9:50 am: 50 − 10 = 40 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 40
Total: 40 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 9:10 am + 40 minutes = 9:50 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.3:20 pm to 3:55 pm: 55 − 20 = 35 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 35
Total: 35 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 3:20 pm + 35 minutes = 3:55 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.11:05 am to 11:50 am: 50 − 5 = 45 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 45
Total: 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 11:05 am + 45 minutes = 11:50 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.6:15 pm to 6:45 pm: 45 − 15 = 30 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 30
Total: 30 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 6:15 pm + 30 minutes = 6:45 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.4:40 pm to 5:00 pm: 20 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 40 = 20 minutes
5:00 pm to 5:15 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 15 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 20 + 15 = 35
Total: 35 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 4:40 pm + 35 minutes = 5:15 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.8:50 am to 9:00 am: 10 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 50 = 10 minutes
9:00 am to 9:20 am: the minutes after the o'clock: 20 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 10 + 20 = 30
Total: 30 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 8:50 am + 30 minutes = 9:20 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.1:35 pm to 2:00 pm: 25 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 35 = 25 minutes
2:00 pm to 2:10 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 10 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 25 + 10 = 35
Total: 35 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 1:35 pm + 35 minutes = 2:10 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.7:45 pm to 8:00 pm: 15 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 45 = 15 minutes
8:00 pm to 8:25 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 25 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 15 + 25 = 40
Total: 40 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 7:45 pm + 40 minutes = 8:25 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.9:15 am to 10:00 am: 45 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 15 = 45 minutes
10:00 am to 11:00 am: whole hours: 1 hour
11:00 am to 11:40 am: the minutes after the o'clock: 40 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 1 hour
Minutes: 45 + 40 = 85
85 minutes = 1 hour 25 minutes
Total: 2 hours 25 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 9:15 am + 2 hours 25 minutes = 11:40 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.2:30 pm to 3:00 pm: 30 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 30 = 30 minutes
3:00 pm to 5:00 pm: whole hours: 2 hours
5:00 pm to 5:10 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 10 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 2 hours
Minutes: 30 + 10 = 40
Total: 2 hours 40 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 2:30 pm + 2 hours 40 minutes = 5:10 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.7:20 am to 8:00 am: 40 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 20 = 40 minutes
8:00 am to 10:00 am: whole hours: 2 hours
10:00 am to 10:05 am: the minutes after the o'clock: 5 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 2 hours
Minutes: 40 + 5 = 45
Total: 2 hours 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 7:20 am + 2 hours 45 minutes = 10:05 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.12:45 pm to 1:00 pm: 15 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 45 = 15 minutes
1:00 pm to 4:00 pm: whole hours: 3 hours
4:00 pm to 4:15 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 15 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 3 hours
Minutes: 15 + 15 = 30
Total: 3 hours 30 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 12:45 pm + 3 hours 30 minutes = 4:15 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Read the first clock. This is the start time.The first clock shows 2:10 (ten past two).
- Read the second clock. This is the end time.The second clock shows 3:50 (ten to four).
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.2:10 to 3:00: 50 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 10 = 50 minutes
3:00 to 3:50: the minutes after the o'clock: 50 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 50 + 50 = 100
100 minutes = 1 hour 40 minutes
Total: 1 hour 40 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 2:10 + 1 hour 40 minutes = 3:50. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Read the first clock. This is the start time.The first clock shows 5:35 (twenty-five to six).
- Read the second clock. This is the end time.The second clock shows 7:05 (five past seven).
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.5:35 to 6:00: 25 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 35 = 25 minutes
6:00 to 7:00: whole hours: 1 hour
7:00 to 7:05: the minutes after the o'clock: 5 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 1 hour
Minutes: 25 + 5 = 30
Total: 1 hour 30 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 5:35 + 1 hour 30 minutes = 7:05. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Read the first clock. This is the start time.The first clock shows 10:20 (twenty past ten).
- Read the second clock. This is the end time.The second clock shows 11:55 (five to twelve).
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.10:20 to 11:00: 40 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 20 = 40 minutes
11:00 to 11:55: the minutes after the o'clock: 55 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 40 + 55 = 95
95 minutes = 1 hour 35 minutes
Total: 1 hour 35 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 10:20 + 1 hour 35 minutes = 11:55. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. There are no whole hours to add.2:20 pm
- Count on the 45 minutes. Going to the next o'clock first makes the sum easy. The minutes left are added after.Jump to the next o'clock: 60 − 20 = 40 minutes, so 2:20 pm + 40 min = 3:00 pm.
Jump the rest: 45 − 40 = 5 minutes, so 3:00 pm + 5 min = 3:05 pm - Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 3:05 pm
Check. Count back from the end: 3:05 pm − 45 minutes = 2:20 pm. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. Adding whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.10:35 am + 1 hour = 11:35 am
- Count on the 30 minutes. Going to the next o'clock first makes the sum easy. The minutes left are added after.Jump to the next o'clock: 60 − 35 = 25 minutes, so 11:35 am + 25 min = 12:00 pm.
Jump the rest: 30 − 25 = 5 minutes, so 12:00 pm + 5 min = 12:05 pm - Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 12:05 pm
Check. Count back from the end: 12:05 pm − 1 hour 30 minutes = 10:35 am. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. Adding whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.4:50 pm + 2 hours = 6:50 pm
- Count on the 20 minutes. Going to the next o'clock first makes the sum easy. The minutes left are added after.Jump to the next o'clock: 60 − 50 = 10 minutes, so 6:50 pm + 10 min = 7:00 pm.
Jump the rest: 20 − 10 = 10 minutes, so 7:00 pm + 10 min = 7:10 pm - Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 7:10 pm
Check. Count back from the end: 7:10 pm − 2 hours 20 minutes = 4:50 pm. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. Adding whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.8:15 am + 3 hours = 11:15 am
- Count on the 50 minutes. Going to the next o'clock first makes the sum easy. The minutes left are added after.Jump to the next o'clock: 60 − 15 = 45 minutes, so 11:15 am + 45 min = 12:00 pm.
Jump the rest: 50 − 45 = 5 minutes, so 12:00 pm + 5 min = 12:05 pm - Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 12:05 pm
Check. Count back from the end: 12:05 pm − 3 hours 50 minutes = 8:15 am. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count back from the end time: first the whole hours, then the minutes, going through the o'clock if you need to.
- Start at the end time and count back the whole hours first. There are no whole hours to take away.4:30 pm
- Count back the 50 minutes. Going back to the o'clock first makes the sum easy. Then we take away the minutes that are left.Go back to the o'clock first: 4:30 pm − 30 min = 4:00 pm.
Go back the rest: 50 − 30 = 20 minutes, so 4:00 pm − 20 min = 3:40 pm - Look at the number line. The arrows show the jumps back from the end time.
- Write the start time. 3:40 pm
Check. Count on from the start: 3:40 pm + 50 minutes = 4:30 pm. ✓
Watch out. When you count back through an o'clock the hour goes down by one. 3:10 minus 20 minutes is 2:50.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count back from the end time: first the whole hours, then the minutes, going through the o'clock if you need to.
- Start at the end time and count back the whole hours first. Taking away whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.11:15 am − 1 hour = 10:15 am
- Count back the 45 minutes. Going back to the o'clock first makes the sum easy. Then we take away the minutes that are left.Go back to the o'clock first: 10:15 am − 15 min = 10:00 am.
Go back the rest: 45 − 15 = 30 minutes, so 10:00 am − 30 min = 9:30 am - Look at the number line. The arrows show the jumps back from the end time.
- Write the start time. 9:30 am
Check. Count on from the start: 9:30 am + 1 hour 45 minutes = 11:15 am. ✓
Watch out. When you count back through an o'clock the hour goes down by one. 3:10 minus 20 minutes is 2:50.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count back from the end time: first the whole hours, then the minutes, going through the o'clock if you need to.
- Start at the end time and count back the whole hours first. Taking away whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.6:05 pm − 2 hours = 4:05 pm
- Count back the 20 minutes. Going back to the o'clock first makes the sum easy. Then we take away the minutes that are left.Go back to the o'clock first: 4:05 pm − 5 min = 4:00 pm.
Go back the rest: 20 − 5 = 15 minutes, so 4:00 pm − 15 min = 3:45 pm - Look at the number line. The arrows show the jumps back from the end time.
- Write the start time. 3:45 pm
Check. Count on from the start: 3:45 pm + 2 hours 20 minutes = 6:05 pm. ✓
Watch out. When you count back through an o'clock the hour goes down by one. 3:10 minus 20 minutes is 2:50.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count back from the end time: first the whole hours, then the minutes, going through the o'clock if you need to.
- Start at the end time and count back the whole hours first. There are no whole hours to take away.1:10 pm
- Count back the 25 minutes. Going back to the o'clock first makes the sum easy. Then we take away the minutes that are left.Go back to the o'clock first: 1:10 pm − 10 min = 1:00 pm.
Go back the rest: 25 − 10 = 15 minutes, so 1:00 pm − 15 min = 12:45 pm - Look at the number line. The arrows show the jumps back from the end time.
- Write the start time. 12:45 pm
Check. Count on from the start: 12:45 pm + 25 minutes = 1:10 pm. ✓
Watch out. When you count back through an o'clock the hour goes down by one. 3:10 minus 20 minutes is 2:50.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.13:15 to 14:00: 45 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 15 = 45 minutes
14:00 to 15:00: whole hours: 1 hour
15:00 to 15:50: the minutes after the o'clock: 50 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 1 hour
Minutes: 45 + 50 = 95
95 minutes = 1 hour 35 minutes
Total: 2 hours 35 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 13:15 + 2 hours 35 minutes = 15:50. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.09:40 to 10:00: 20 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 40 = 20 minutes
10:00 to 12:00: whole hours: 2 hours
12:00 to 12:10: the minutes after the o'clock: 10 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 2 hours
Minutes: 20 + 10 = 30
Total: 2 hours 30 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 09:40 + 2 hours 30 minutes = 12:10. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.16:25 to 17:00: 35 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 25 = 35 minutes
17:00 to 18:00: whole hours: 1 hour
18:00 to 18:05: the minutes after the o'clock: 5 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 1 hour
Minutes: 35 + 5 = 40
Total: 1 hour 40 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 16:25 + 1 hour 40 minutes = 18:05. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.20:50 to 21:00: 10 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 50 = 10 minutes
21:00 to 23:00: whole hours: 2 hours
23:00 to 23:20: the minutes after the o'clock: 20 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 2 hours
Minutes: 10 + 20 = 30
Total: 2 hours 30 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 20:50 + 2 hours 30 minutes = 23:20. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.11:30 am to 12:00 pm: 30 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 30 = 30 minutes
12:00 pm to 1:00 pm: whole hours: 1 hour
1:00 pm to 1:15 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 15 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 1 hour
Minutes: 30 + 15 = 45
Total: 1 hour 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 11:30 am + 1 hour 45 minutes = 1:15 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.9:45 pm to 10:00 pm: 15 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 45 = 15 minutes
10:00 pm to 12:00 am: whole hours: 2 hours
12:00 am to 12:20 am: the minutes after the o'clock: 20 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 2 hours
Minutes: 15 + 20 = 35
Total: 2 hours 35 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 9:45 pm + 2 hours 35 minutes = 12:20 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.10:15 pm to 11:00 pm: 45 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 15 = 45 minutes
11:00 pm to 6:00 am: whole hours: 7 hours
6:00 am to 6:30 am: the minutes after the o'clock: 30 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 7 hours
Minutes: 45 + 30 = 75
75 minutes = 1 hour 15 minutes
Total: 8 hours 15 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 10:15 pm + 8 hours 15 minutes = 6:30 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. The first jump goes from 3:35 pm to the next o’clock.
- Find the next o’clock. After 3:35 comes 4:00.3:35 to 4:00
- Count the minutes. 60 minutes in an hour.60 − 35 = 25 minutes
Check. 3:35 + 25 minutes = 4:00. ✓
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. The second jump goes from 4:00 pm to 6:00 pm.
- Count the hours. It is a jump of whole hours.4 to 5 is 1 hour, 5 to 6 is 1 hour
- Write the jump. 2 hours
Check. 4:00 + 2 hours = 6:00. ✓
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.3:35 pm to 4:00 pm: 25 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 35 = 25 minutes
4:00 pm to 6:00 pm: whole hours: 2 hours
6:00 pm to 6:20 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 20 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 2 hours
Minutes: 25 + 20 = 45
Total: 2 hours 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 3:35 pm + 2 hours 45 minutes = 6:20 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. Adding whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.3:15 pm + 1 hour = 4:15 pm
- Count on the 45 minutes. The minutes fit inside the hour, so we can add them in one jump.4:15 pm + 45 minutes = 5:00 pm
- Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 5:00 pm
Check. Count back from the end: 5:00 pm − 1 hour 45 minutes = 3:15 pm. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.4:50 pm to 5:00 pm: 10 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 50 = 10 minutes
5:00 pm to 5:35 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 35 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 10 + 35 = 45
Total: 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 4:50 pm + 45 minutes = 5:35 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.5:05 pm to 5:55 pm: 55 − 5 = 50 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 50
Total: 50 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 5:05 pm + 50 minutes = 5:55 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Compare the two times. The bigger number of minutes is longer.
- Write the times. We found them in parts (a) and (b).Priya: 45 minutes. Leo: 50 minutes.
- Compare. 50 is more than 45.Leo worked for longer.
- Find how much longer. Take the smaller from the bigger.50 − 45 = 5 minutes
Check. 45 + 5 = 50. ✓
Watch out. Find both times first, then compare.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.7:40 pm to 8:00 pm: 20 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 40 = 20 minutes
8:00 pm to 6:00 am: whole hours: 10 hours
6:00 am to 6:10 am: the minutes after the o'clock: 10 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 10 hours
Minutes: 20 + 10 = 30
Total: 10 hours 30 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 7:40 pm + 10 hours 30 minutes = 6:10 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from 3:50 to 5:20 in the right jumps. Then compare with what Tom said.
- Count on to the next o’clock. From 3:50 to 4:00.10 minutes
- Count whole hours. From 4:00 to 5:00.1 hour
- Count the last minutes. From 5:00 to 5:20.20 minutes
- Add. Hours and minutes: 1 hour and 10 + 20 minutes.1 hour 30 minutes
Check. 3:50 + 1 hour 30 minutes = 5:20. ✓
Watch out. Tom did 5:20 minus 3:50 as if they were normal numbers (520 − 350 = 170). The minutes only go up to 59, and 70 minutes is 1 hour 10 minutes.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Work out when the film finishes. Then compare it with 10 pm.
- Find the end time. Start at 7:45 pm and add 2 hours 20 minutes.7:45 pm + 2 hours = 9:45 pm. 9:45 pm + 15 minutes = 10:00 pm, and 10:00 pm + 5 minutes = 10:05 pm
- Compare with 10 pm. 10:05 pm is later than 10:00 pm.10:05 pm is 5 minutes after 10 pm.
- Answer. Amira is not right. The film finishes at 10:05 pm, after 10 pm.
Check. Count on from 7:45 pm to 10:00 pm = 2 hours 15 minutes, which is less than 2 hours 20 minutes. ✓
Watch out. Count through the o’clock. 9:45 + 20 minutes is 10:05, not 9:65.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count back from the end time: first the whole hours, then the minutes, going through the o'clock if you need to.
- Start at the end time and count back the whole hours first. Taking away whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.00:10 − 3 hours = 21:10
- Count back the 45 minutes. Going back to the o'clock first makes the sum easy. Then we take away the minutes that are left.Go back to the o'clock first: 21:10 − 10 min = 21:00.
Go back the rest: 45 − 10 = 35 minutes, so 21:00 − 35 min = 20:25 - Look at the number line. The arrows show the jumps back from the end time.
- Write the start time. 20:25
Check. Count on from the start: 20:25 + 3 hours 45 minutes = 00:10. ✓
Watch out. When you count back through an o'clock the hour goes down by one. 3:10 minus 20 minutes is 2:50.
Timetables and time problems
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A timetable is a table that tells us when things happen: buses, trains, TV programmes, lessons. Each row goes across and each column goes down. To find a time, find the right row and the right column, and read where they meet.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Journey time. To find how long a journey takes, find the time you leave and the time you arrive. Then count on from the first time to the second time (see section 8.6). Bus 1 from the Library to the Station: 07:45 → 08:00 is 15 minutes and 08:00 → 08:24 is 24 minutes, so 15 + 24 = 39 minutes.
Waiting time. If you arrive at a stop at a certain time, you wait for the next bus. It is the first bus that leaves at or after the time you arrive. The waiting time is the time from when you arrive to when it leaves.
| Train | Westbridge | Midford | Northam |
|---|---|---|---|
| Train 1 | 9:10 am | 9:42 am | 10:25 am |
| Train 2 | 10:05 am | 10:37 am | 11:20 am |
| Train 3 | 11:40 am | 12:14 pm | 1:05 pm |
| Time | Programme |
|---|---|
| 4:00 pm | Cartoon Club |
| 4:30 pm | Wildlife Watch |
| 5:15 pm | News Round |
| 5:45 pm | Bake It! |
| 6:30 pm | Quiz Night |
| 7:15 pm | Family Film |
TV and school timetables. In a TV guide, each programme starts when the one before it ends. So the length of a programme is the time from its start to the start of the next programme. A school timetable gives the start and end of each lesson, break and lunch.
| Activity | Starts | Ends |
|---|---|---|
| Registration | 8:50 am | 9:00 am |
| Lesson 1 | 9:00 am | 9:50 am |
| Lesson 2 | 9:50 am | 10:40 am |
| Break | 10:40 am | 10:55 am |
| Lesson 3 | 10:55 am | 11:45 am |
| Lesson 4 | 11:45 am | 12:35 pm |
| Lunch | 12:35 pm | 1:30 pm |
| Afternoon lessons | 1:30 pm | 3:15 pm |
Key ideas
- Row = across. Column = down. Find the row and the column and read where they meet.
- Journey time = arrival time − leaving time. Count on through the next o’clock.
- Waiting time: find the next bus after you arrive (not one that has already gone), then count on to its leaving time.
- In a TV guide the length of a programme is the start of the next programme minus its own start.
- Times in a timetable can be 12-hour (am and pm) or 24-hour. Check which one it is.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. A timetable is a table that shows times. Each row goes across and each column goes down. The journey time is how long the trip takes. The waiting time is how long you wait.
Method. Find the right row and the right column. The answer is where they meet.
- Find the row for Park. Each row goes across the table.Look along the row Park.
- Find the column for Bus 2. Each column goes down the table.Look down the column Bus 2.
- Read where they meet. This box holds the time we want.08:40
Check. Look again: the box in row Park and column Bus 2 says 08:40. ✓
Watch out. Use a finger on the row and another on the column, so you do not slip to the next one.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find the row for Library and the column for Bus 1. This gives the time the bus leaves.The bus leaves Library at 07:45.
- Find the row for Station in the same column. This gives the time the same bus arrives.The bus arrives at Station at 08:24.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.07:45 to 08:00: 15 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 45 = 15 minutes
08:00 to 08:24: the minutes after the o'clock: 24 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 15 + 24 = 39
Total: 39 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 07:45 + 39 minutes = 08:24. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Look along the row for Market. We want the first bus that leaves at or after the time you arrive. A bus that has already gone is no use.07:58, 08:28, 08:58, 09:43
- Choose the first bus that is not too early. You arrive at 08:35.The next bus is Bus 3 at 08:58.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.08:35 to 08:58: 58 − 35 = 23 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 23
Total: 23 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 08:35 + 23 minutes = 08:58. ✓
Watch out. A bus that left before you arrived does not count, even if it is the closest time.
| Train | Westbridge | Midford | Northam |
|---|---|---|---|
| Train 1 | 9:10 am | 9:42 am | 10:25 am |
| Train 2 | 10:05 am | 10:37 am | 11:20 am |
| Train 3 | 11:40 am | 12:14 pm | 1:05 pm |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find the row for Westbridge and the row for Northam in the Train 3 line. The train leaves Westbridge and arrives at Northam.Leaves Westbridge: 11:40 am. Arrives at Northam: 1:05 pm.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.11:40 am to 12:00 pm: 20 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 40 = 20 minutes
12:00 pm to 1:00 pm: whole hours: 1 hour
1:00 pm to 1:05 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 5 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 1 hour
Minutes: 20 + 5 = 25
Total: 1 hour 25 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 11:40 am + 1 hour 25 minutes = 1:05 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
| Time | Programme |
|---|---|
| 4:00 pm | Cartoon Club |
| 4:30 pm | Wildlife Watch |
| 5:15 pm | News Round |
| 5:45 pm | Bake It! |
| 6:30 pm | Quiz Night |
| 7:15 pm | Family Film |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find the programme in the guide. We need the start of Wildlife Watch and the start of the next programme.Wildlife Watch starts at 4:30 pm. The next programme, News Round, starts at 5:15 pm.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.4:30 pm to 5:00 pm: 30 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 30 = 30 minutes
5:00 pm to 5:15 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 15 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 30 + 15 = 45
Total: 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 4:30 pm + 45 minutes = 5:15 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
| Activity | Starts | Ends |
|---|---|---|
| Registration | 8:50 am | 9:00 am |
| Lesson 1 | 9:00 am | 9:50 am |
| Lesson 2 | 9:50 am | 10:40 am |
| Break | 10:40 am | 10:55 am |
| Lesson 3 | 10:55 am | 11:45 am |
| Lesson 4 | 11:45 am | 12:35 pm |
| Lunch | 12:35 pm | 1:30 pm |
| Afternoon lessons | 1:30 pm | 3:15 pm |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find lunch in the school timetable. We need when lunch starts and when it ends.Lunch starts at 12:35 pm and ends at 1:30 pm.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.12:35 pm to 1:00 pm: 25 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 35 = 25 minutes
1:00 pm to 1:30 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 30 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 25 + 30 = 55
Total: 55 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 12:35 pm + 55 minutes = 1:30 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. A timetable is a table that shows times. Each row goes across and each column goes down. The journey time is how long the trip takes. The waiting time is how long you wait.
Method. Find which buses arrive at the Station before 09:00. Then pick the one that leaves the Library the latest.
- Look along the Station row. We want the arrival times that are before 09:00.Bus 1: 08:24 (before 09:00). Bus 2: 08:54 (before 09:00). Bus 3: 09:30 (too late). Bus 4: 10:09 (too late).
- Pick the latest bus that is still on time. Later means Zainab can stay at home longer.Bus 2 arrives at 08:54.
- Find when Bus 2 leaves the Library. Look in the Library row, Bus 2 column.Bus 2 leaves the Library at 08:15.
Check. Bus 2 arrives at 08:54, which is 6 minutes before 09:00. ✓
Watch out. A bus that arrives at exactly or after 09:00 is too late.
Watch out
Read the right bus, and the next one. If you arrive at 08:35 and a bus left at 08:28, you cannot catch it: you must wait for the next one at 08:58. And check if the times are 12-hour or 24-hour before you work out how long something takes.Exercise 8G Timetables
Non-calculator| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. A timetable is a table that shows times. Each row goes across and each column goes down. The journey time is how long the trip takes. The waiting time is how long you wait.
Method. Find the right row and the right column. The answer is where they meet.
- Find the row for Park. Each row goes across the table.Look along the row Park.
- Find the column for Bus 3. Each column goes down the table.Look down the column Bus 3.
- Read where they meet. This box holds the time we want.09:12
Check. Look again: the box in row Park and column Bus 3 says 09:12. ✓
Watch out. Use a finger on the row and another on the column, so you do not slip to the next one.
Key words. A timetable is a table that shows times. Each row goes across and each column goes down. The journey time is how long the trip takes. The waiting time is how long you wait.
Method. Find the right row and the right column. The answer is where they meet.
- Find the row for Station. Each row goes across the table.Look along the row Station.
- Find the column for Bus 1. Each column goes down the table.Look down the column Bus 1.
- Read where they meet. This box holds the time we want.08:24
Check. Look again: the box in row Station and column Bus 1 says 08:24. ✓
Watch out. Use a finger on the row and another on the column, so you do not slip to the next one.
Key words. A timetable is a table that shows times. Each row goes across and each column goes down. The journey time is how long the trip takes. The waiting time is how long you wait.
Method. Look along the Market row to find 08:28. Then look at the top of that column to read which bus it is.
- Find the Market row. Each row goes across the table.Market: 07:58, 08:28, 08:58, 09:43
- Find 08:28 in the row. It is the second time.08:28 is in the second column.
- Read the heading of the column. The heading at the top tells us which bus it is.The heading is Bus 2.
Check. Bus 2 is in the second column, and so is 08:15 at the Library. ✓
Watch out. Read the heading of the column, not the number of the time.
Key words. A timetable is a table that shows times. Each row goes across and each column goes down. The journey time is how long the trip takes. The waiting time is how long you wait.
Method. Find the right row and the right column. The answer is where they meet.
- Find the row for Library. Each row goes across the table.Look along the row Library.
- Find the column for Bus 4. Each column goes down the table.Look down the column Bus 4.
- Read where they meet. This box holds the time we want.09:30
Check. Look again: the box in row Library and column Bus 4 says 09:30. ✓
Watch out. Use a finger on the row and another on the column, so you do not slip to the next one.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find the row for Library and the column for Bus 1. This gives the time the bus leaves.The bus leaves Library at 07:45.
- Find the row for Park in the same column. This gives the time the same bus arrives.The bus arrives at Park at 08:10.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.07:45 to 08:00: 15 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 45 = 15 minutes
08:00 to 08:10: the minutes after the o'clock: 10 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 15 + 10 = 25
Total: 25 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 07:45 + 25 minutes = 08:10. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find the row for Library and the column for Bus 2. This gives the time the bus leaves.The bus leaves Library at 08:15.
- Find the row for Park in the same column. This gives the time the same bus arrives.The bus arrives at Park at 08:40.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.08:15 to 08:40: 40 − 15 = 25 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 25
Total: 25 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 08:15 + 25 minutes = 08:40. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find the row for Library and the column for Bus 3. This gives the time the bus leaves.The bus leaves Library at 08:45.
- Find the row for Park in the same column. This gives the time the same bus arrives.The bus arrives at Park at 09:12.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.08:45 to 09:00: 15 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 45 = 15 minutes
09:00 to 09:12: the minutes after the o'clock: 12 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 15 + 12 = 27
Total: 27 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 08:45 + 27 minutes = 09:12. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find the row for Library and the column for Bus 4. This gives the time the bus leaves.The bus leaves Library at 09:30.
- Find the row for Park in the same column. This gives the time the same bus arrives.The bus arrives at Park at 09:55.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.09:30 to 09:55: 55 − 30 = 25 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 25
Total: 25 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 09:30 + 25 minutes = 09:55. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Look along the row for Library. We want the first bus that leaves at or after the time you arrive. A bus that has already gone is no use.07:45, 08:15, 08:45, 09:30
- Choose the first bus that is not too early. You arrive at 08:00.The next bus is Bus 2 at 08:15.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.08:00 to 08:15: the minutes after the o'clock: 15 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 15
Total: 15 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 08:00 + 15 minutes = 08:15. ✓
Watch out. A bus that left before you arrived does not count, even if it is the closest time.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Look along the row for Market. We want the first bus that leaves at or after the time you arrive. A bus that has already gone is no use.07:58, 08:28, 08:58, 09:43
- Choose the first bus that is not too early. You arrive at 08:50.The next bus is Bus 3 at 08:58.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.08:50 to 08:58: 58 − 50 = 8 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 8
Total: 8 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 08:50 + 8 minutes = 08:58. ✓
Watch out. A bus that left before you arrived does not count, even if it is the closest time.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Look along the row for Park. We want the first bus that leaves at or after the time you arrive. A bus that has already gone is no use.08:10, 08:40, 09:12, 09:55
- Choose the first bus that is not too early. You arrive at 09:00.The next bus is Bus 3 at 09:12.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.09:00 to 09:12: the minutes after the o'clock: 12 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 12
Total: 12 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 09:00 + 12 minutes = 09:12. ✓
Watch out. A bus that left before you arrived does not count, even if it is the closest time.
| Train | Westbridge | Midford | Northam |
|---|---|---|---|
| Train 1 | 9:10 am | 9:42 am | 10:25 am |
| Train 2 | 10:05 am | 10:37 am | 11:20 am |
| Train 3 | 11:40 am | 12:14 pm | 1:05 pm |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Read the times for Train 1. We need when it leaves Westbridge and when it arrives at Northam.Leaves: 9:10 am. Arrives: 10:25 am.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.9:10 am to 10:00 am: 50 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 10 = 50 minutes
10:00 am to 10:25 am: the minutes after the o'clock: 25 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 50 + 25 = 75
75 minutes = 1 hour 15 minutes
Total: 1 hour 15 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 9:10 am + 1 hour 15 minutes = 10:25 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Read the times for Train 2. We need when it leaves Westbridge and when it arrives at Northam.Leaves: 10:05 am. Arrives: 11:20 am.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.10:05 am to 11:00 am: 55 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 5 = 55 minutes
11:00 am to 11:20 am: the minutes after the o'clock: 20 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 55 + 20 = 75
75 minutes = 1 hour 15 minutes
Total: 1 hour 15 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 10:05 am + 1 hour 15 minutes = 11:20 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Read the times for Train 3. We need when it leaves Westbridge and when it arrives at Northam.Leaves: 11:40 am. Arrives: 1:05 pm.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.11:40 am to 12:00 pm: 20 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 40 = 20 minutes
12:00 pm to 1:00 pm: whole hours: 1 hour
1:00 pm to 1:05 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 5 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 1 hour
Minutes: 20 + 5 = 25
Total: 1 hour 25 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 11:40 am + 1 hour 25 minutes = 1:05 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
| Time | Programme |
|---|---|
| 4:00 pm | Cartoon Club |
| 4:30 pm | Wildlife Watch |
| 5:15 pm | News Round |
| 5:45 pm | Bake It! |
| 6:30 pm | Quiz Night |
| 7:15 pm | Family Film |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find Cartoon Club in the guide. Its length is the time from its start to the start of the next programme.Cartoon Club starts at 4:00 pm. The next programme starts at 4:30 pm.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.4:00 pm to 4:30 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 30 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 30
Total: 30 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 4:00 pm + 30 minutes = 4:30 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find News Round in the guide. Its length is the time from its start to the start of the next programme.News Round starts at 5:15 pm. The next programme starts at 5:45 pm.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.5:15 pm to 5:45 pm: 45 − 15 = 30 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 30
Total: 30 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 5:15 pm + 30 minutes = 5:45 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find Bake It! in the guide. Its length is the time from its start to the start of the next programme.Bake It! starts at 5:45 pm. The next programme starts at 6:30 pm.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.5:45 pm to 6:00 pm: 15 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 45 = 15 minutes
6:00 pm to 6:30 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 30 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 15 + 30 = 45
Total: 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 5:45 pm + 45 minutes = 6:30 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find Quiz Night in the guide. Its length is the time from its start to the start of the next programme.Quiz Night starts at 6:30 pm. The next programme starts at 7:15 pm.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.6:30 pm to 7:00 pm: 30 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 30 = 30 minutes
7:00 pm to 7:15 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 15 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 30 + 15 = 45
Total: 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 6:30 pm + 45 minutes = 7:15 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
| Time | Programme |
|---|---|
| 4:00 pm | Cartoon Club |
| 4:30 pm | Wildlife Watch |
| 5:15 pm | News Round |
| 5:45 pm | Bake It! |
| 6:30 pm | Quiz Night |
| 7:15 pm | Family Film |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find when Bake It! ends. It ends when the next programme, Quiz Night, starts.Quiz Night starts at 6:30 pm, so Bake It! ends at 6:30 pm.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.4:15 pm to 5:00 pm: 45 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 15 = 45 minutes
5:00 pm to 6:00 pm: whole hours: 1 hour
6:00 pm to 6:30 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 30 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 1 hour
Minutes: 45 + 30 = 75
75 minutes = 1 hour 15 minutes
Total: 2 hours 15 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 4:15 pm + 2 hours 15 minutes = 6:30 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
| Activity | Starts | Ends |
|---|---|---|
| Registration | 8:50 am | 9:00 am |
| Lesson 1 | 9:00 am | 9:50 am |
| Lesson 2 | 9:50 am | 10:40 am |
| Break | 10:40 am | 10:55 am |
| Lesson 3 | 10:55 am | 11:45 am |
| Lesson 4 | 11:45 am | 12:35 pm |
| Lunch | 12:35 pm | 1:30 pm |
| Afternoon lessons | 1:30 pm | 3:15 pm |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find Break in the timetable. We need when it starts and when it ends.It starts at 10:40 am and ends at 10:55 am.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.10:40 am to 10:55 am: 55 − 40 = 15 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 15
Total: 15 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 10:40 am + 15 minutes = 10:55 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find Lesson 3 in the timetable. We need when it starts and when it ends.It starts at 10:55 am and ends at 11:45 am.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.10:55 am to 11:00 am: 5 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 55 = 5 minutes
11:00 am to 11:45 am: the minutes after the o'clock: 45 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 5 + 45 = 50
Total: 50 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 10:55 am + 50 minutes = 11:45 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find when Lesson 1 starts and when Lesson 2 ends. The two lessons run one after the other.Lesson 1 starts at 9:00 am. Lesson 2 ends at 10:40 am.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.9:00 am to 10:00 am: whole hours: 1 hour
10:00 am to 10:40 am: the minutes after the o'clock: 40 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 1 hour
Minutes: 40
Total: 1 hour 40 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 9:00 am + 1 hour 40 minutes = 10:40 am. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
| Activity | Starts | Ends |
|---|---|---|
| Registration | 8:50 am | 9:00 am |
| Lesson 1 | 9:00 am | 9:50 am |
| Lesson 2 | 9:50 am | 10:40 am |
| Break | 10:40 am | 10:55 am |
| Lesson 3 | 10:55 am | 11:45 am |
| Lesson 4 | 11:45 am | 12:35 pm |
| Lunch | 12:35 pm | 1:30 pm |
| Afternoon lessons | 1:30 pm | 3:15 pm |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Find when school starts and finishes. The first line is the start. The last line is the end.School starts at 8:50 am. School finishes at 3:15 pm.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.8:50 am to 9:00 am: 10 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 50 = 10 minutes
9:00 am to 3:00 pm: whole hours: 6 hours
3:00 pm to 3:15 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 15 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Hours: 6 hours
Minutes: 10 + 15 = 25
Total: 6 hours 25 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 8:50 am + 6 hours 25 minutes = 3:15 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. A timetable is a table that shows times. Each row goes across and each column goes down. The journey time is how long the trip takes. The waiting time is how long you wait.
Method. Find when the bus arrives at the Park. Then add the 10 minutes’ walk and compare with 09:00.
- Find the arrival time. Leo catches Bus 2, which leaves the Library at 08:15. Look in the Park row.Bus 2 gets to the Park at 08:40.
- Add the walk. We count on 10 minutes.08:40 + 10 minutes = 08:50
- Compare with 09:00. School starts at 09:00.08:50 is before 09:00. It is 10 minutes early (08:50 to 09:00).
- Answer. Yes, Leo is on time with 10 minutes to spare.
Check. 08:50 + 10 minutes = 09:00. ✓
Watch out. Take care: 08:40 + 10 is 08:50. It is not 08:50 + 10 = 09:00 yet.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. A timetable is a table that shows times. Each row goes across and each column goes down. The journey time is how long the trip takes. The waiting time is how long you wait.
Method. Find the latest bus that arrives at the Station by 09:20. Then find how many minutes early it arrives.
- Look along the Station row. We want arrival times at or before 09:20.Bus 1: 08:24. Bus 2: 08:54. Bus 3: 09:30 (too late). Bus 4: 10:09 (too late).
- Choose the latest bus that is on time. This is Bus 2.Bus 2 leaves the Library at 08:15.
- Find how early it arrives. Count on from 08:54 to 09:20.08:54 to 09:00 is 6 minutes. 09:00 to 09:20 is 20 minutes. 6 + 20 = 26 minutes.
Check. 08:54 + 26 minutes = 09:20. ✓
Watch out. Bus 3 arrives at 09:30. That is after 09:20.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. Adding whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.1:45 pm + 1 hour = 2:45 pm
- Count on the 50 minutes. Going to the next o'clock first makes the sum easy. The minutes left are added after.Jump to the next o'clock: 60 − 45 = 15 minutes, so 2:45 pm + 15 min = 3:00 pm.
Jump the rest: 50 − 15 = 35 minutes, so 3:00 pm + 35 min = 3:35 pm - Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 3:35 pm
Check. Count back from the end: 3:35 pm − 1 hour 50 minutes = 1:45 pm. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. Adding whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.2:10 pm + 1 hour = 3:10 pm
- Count on the 35 minutes. The minutes fit inside the hour, so we can add them in one jump.3:10 pm + 35 minutes = 3:45 pm
- Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 3:45 pm
Check. Count back from the end: 3:45 pm − 1 hour 35 minutes = 2:10 pm. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Compare the two finishing times. The earlier time is the film that finishes first.
- Write both finishing times. We found them in parts (a) and (b).Film A: 3:35 pm. Film B: 3:45 pm.
- Compare. 3:35 pm is earlier than 3:45 pm.Film A finishes first.
Check. 3:35 pm + 10 minutes = 3:45 pm. ✓
Watch out. A film that starts later can still finish earlier if it is shorter. Always work out the end times.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. A timetable is a table that shows times. Each row goes across and each column goes down. The journey time is how long the trip takes. The waiting time is how long you wait.
Method. Use the timetable to check whether Noah’s bus has already gone.
- What did Noah say? Noah says Amira can catch the 08:28 bus from the Market.Amira arrives at 08:35.
- Compare the times. 08:28 is earlier than 08:35.The 08:28 bus left 7 minutes before Amira arrived.
- Find the right bus. The next bus at the Market is Bus 3.Bus 3 leaves at 08:58, so Amira waits 23 minutes.
Check. 08:35 + 23 minutes = 08:58. ✓
Watch out. Look for the first time that is at or after the time you arrive.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. A timetable is a table that shows times. Each row goes across and each column goes down. The journey time is how long the trip takes. The waiting time is how long you wait.
Method. Work out how long each bus takes from the Library to the Station. Then compare.
- Find the journey time of the 08:15 bus (Bus 2). It leaves at 08:15 and arrives at 08:54.08:15 → 08:45 is 30 minutes. 08:45 → 08:54 is 9 minutes. 30 + 9 = 39 minutes
- Find the journey time of the 08:45 bus (Bus 3). It leaves at 08:45 and arrives at 09:30.08:45 → 09:00 is 15 minutes, 09:00 → 09:30 is 30 minutes: 15 + 30 = 45 minutes
- Compare. 39 is less than 45.The 08:15 bus is quicker by 6 minutes.
- Answer. Priya is right.
Check. 45 − 39 = 6. ✓
Watch out. Count on in easy jumps. Do not take the times away like normal numbers.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count back from the end time: first the whole hours, then the minutes, going through the o'clock if you need to.
- Start at the end time and count back the whole hours first. There are no whole hours to take away.08:15
- Count back the 15 minutes. The minutes fit inside the hour, so we can take them away in one jump.08:15 − 15 minutes = 08:00
- Look at the number line. The arrows show the jumps back from the end time.
- Write the start time. 08:00
Check. Count on from the start: 08:00 + 15 minutes = 08:15. ✓
Watch out. When you count back through an o'clock the hour goes down by one. 3:10 minus 20 minutes is 2:50.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. There are no whole hours to add.08:54
- Count on the 12 minutes. Going to the next o'clock first makes the sum easy. The minutes left are added after.Jump to the next o'clock: 60 − 54 = 6 minutes, so 08:54 + 6 min = 09:00.
Jump the rest: 12 − 6 = 6 minutes, so 09:00 + 6 min = 09:06 - Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 09:06
Check. Count back from the end: 09:06 − 12 minutes = 08:54. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
Chapter summary
| Skill | Method |
|---|---|
| Analogue clock | Short, thick hand = hours. Long, thin hand = minutes. Each number is 5 minutes. Each small mark is 1 minute. |
| Past and to | Right-hand side of the clock: minutes past. Left-hand side: take the minutes from 60 and say to the next hour. 7:47 = 13 minutes to 8. |
| Special times | o’clock (12), quarter past (3), half past (6), quarter to (9). |
| The hour hand | Use the number it has passed. At 5:55 it is nearly at the 6, but the hour is 5. |
| Roman numerals | I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII = 1 to 12. Some clocks use IIII for 4. |
| 12-hour and am/pm | am: midnight to noon. pm: noon to midnight. 12:00 pm is noon. 12:00 am is midnight. |
| 24-hour clock | am keeps the hour (8:05 am = 08:05). pm: add 12 (4:25 pm = 16:25). 12:30 pm = 12:30. 12:30 am = 00:30. |
| Changing units | 60 s = 1 min. 60 min = 1 h. 24 h = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. Big to small: multiply. Small to big: divide. |
| Mixed units | 2 h 15 min = 2 × 60 + 15 = 135 min. 135 min = 2 h 15 min (135 ÷ 60 = 2 remainder 15). |
| Fractions of an hour | Half an hour = 30 min. A quarter = 15 min. 1½ hours = 90 min (not 1 h 50 min). |
| Days in a month | Knuckles 31, dips 30. February 28 (29 in a leap year). A leap year has 366 days. |
| Counting on | To find a duration, jump to the next o’clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps. |
| End and start times | End time: add the hours, then the minutes through the next o’clock. Start time: count back. |
| Timetables | Find the right row and column. Journey time: count on from leaving to arriving. Waiting time: find the next one that has not gone. |
Can you…?
- I can read an analogue clock to the nearest minute, using past and to.
- I can read clocks with Roman numerals and with only a few numbers.
- I can put the hour hand in the right place, and read a time when the hour hand is between numbers.
- I can write times as digital times with am and pm.
- I can change between the 12-hour and the 24-hour clock.
- I can change between seconds, minutes, hours, days, weeks, months and years.
- I know how many days are in each month and what a leap year is.
- I can work out how long something takes by counting on.
- I can find a start time or an end time.
- I can read a timetable and find journey times and waiting times.
- I know that there are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100.
Key terms
- Analogue clock
- A clock with a round face and hands.
- Digital clock
- A clock that shows the time in numbers, like 4:35.
- Hour hand
- The short, thick hand. It shows the hour.
- Minute hand
- The long, thin hand. It shows the minutes.
- Past
- After the hour. 20 minutes past 3 is 3:20.
- To
- Before the next hour. 20 minutes to 4 is 3:40.
- Quarter past / quarter to
- 15 minutes after the hour / 15 minutes before the next hour.
- am
- The time from midnight to noon (the morning).
- pm
- The time from noon to midnight (afternoon and evening).
- Noon
- 12 o’clock in the middle of the day (12:00 pm).
- Midnight
- 12 o’clock at night (12:00 am, or 00:00 on the 24-hour clock).
- 24-hour clock
- A clock that counts the hours from 00 to 23 and has no am or pm.
- Roman numerals
- Numbers written with letters: I, V, X ... Some clocks use them.
- Second
- A very short unit of time. 60 seconds = 1 minute.
- Minute
- A unit of time. 60 minutes = 1 hour.
- Hour
- A unit of time. 24 hours = 1 day.
- Leap year
- A year with 366 days. February has 29 days. It comes every 4 years.
- Calendar
- A table that shows the days and dates of the months.
- Duration
- How long something takes.
- Timetable
- A table that shows the times of buses, trains, TV programmes or lessons.
- Journey time
- How long a trip takes, from leaving to arriving.
- Convert
- To change from one unit to another.
Exercise 8Z Check-up (non-calculator)
Non-calculatorKey words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Look at the hour hand first, then the minute hand. Count the minutes in fives, then say the time.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 8 and 9. It has passed 8 but has not reached 9, so the hour is 8.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 7. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35.
7 × 5 = 35 minutes - Say the time. Use the minutes to say past or to, and the hour from step 1.The minute hand is on the left-hand side, so we say to. We count the minutes to the next hour.
60 − 35 = 25 minutes to 9.
twenty-five to nine
Check. In numbers this is 8:35. ✓
Watch out. Use the hour the short hand has passed, even when the minute hand is nearly round to the next hour.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 4 and 5. It has passed 4 but has not reached 5, so the hour is 4.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand has passed the 3 and is 3 small marks further on.
The 3 is 3 × 5 = 15 minutes. Now count on 3.
15 + 3 = 18 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 4, minutes 18 → 4:18
Check. In words this is eighteen minutes past four. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. For am times the hour stays the same (12 am becomes 00). For pm times add 12 to the hour (12 pm stays 12).
- Look at am or pm: 5:40 pm. This tells us which rule to use.5:40 pm
- Add 12 to the hour. For pm times the 24-hour clock carries on counting after 12.5 + 12 = 17
- Write the 24-hour time. Two digits for the hour, a colon, two digits for the minutes.17:40
Check. Change back: 17:40 is 5:40 pm. ✓
Watch out. Do not add 12 to a morning time, and do not add 12 to 12 pm.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. Before 12:00 it is am and the hour stays. From 13:00 take 12 away and use pm.
- Look at the hour in 21:15. It tells us whether it is morning or afternoon.The hour is 21.
- Take 12 away from the hour. After 12:00 the 24-hour clock goes 13, 14, 15... and the 12-hour clock goes 1, 2, 3... with pm.21 − 12 = 9 pm
- Write the 12-hour time. Use the colon and the minutes, then am or pm.9:15 pm
Check. Change back: 9:15 pm is 21:15. ✓
Watch out. Midnight is 00:00. 24:00 is the same moment at the end of the day.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from hours to minutes (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Multiply by 60. We have 7 hours, so we need 7 lots of 60.7 × 60 = 7 × 6 × 10 = 42 × 10 = 420
- Write the answer with its unit. 7 hours = 420 minutes
Check. Go back: 420 ÷ 60 = 7. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 7 hours must be more than 7 minutes.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 seconds in 1 min. Going from seconds to minutes (small unit to big unit), we divide by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 min = 60 seconds
- Divide by 60. Going from seconds to minutes (small unit to big unit) we divide. We find how many lots of 60 are in 180.180 ÷ 60 = 18 ÷ 6 = 3 (divide by 10, then by 6)
- Write the answer with its unit. 180 seconds = 3 minutes
Check. 3 × 60 = 180 = 180. ✓
Watch out. A small unit changes to a smaller number of big units. 180 seconds must be fewer than 180 minutes.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. Use your knuckles. Each knuckle is a month with 31 days. Each dip between knuckles is a month with 30 days (except February).
- Make a fist and say the months, starting on the first knuckle. August is a knuckle too: after July go back to the first knuckle and start again.Aug: knuckle
Sep: dip
Oct: knuckle
Nov: dip - Find out if November is a knuckle or a dip. Knuckle: 31 days. Dip: 30 days. February is the odd one out.November is a dip: 30 days.
- Write the answer. November has 30 days.
Check. The rhyme way: April, June, September and November have 30. February has 28 or 29. All the rest have 31. ✓
Watch out. February is the only month that does not have 30 or 31 days.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.4:35 pm to 5:00 pm: 25 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 35 = 25 minutes
5:00 pm to 5:20 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 20 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 25 + 20 = 45
Total: 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 4:35 pm + 45 minutes = 5:20 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. Adding whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.10:40 am + 1 hour = 11:40 am
- Count on the 35 minutes. Going to the next o'clock first makes the sum easy. The minutes left are added after.Jump to the next o'clock: 60 − 40 = 20 minutes, so 11:40 am + 20 min = 12:00 pm.
Jump the rest: 35 − 20 = 15 minutes, so 12:00 pm + 15 min = 12:15 pm - Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 12:15 pm
Check. Count back from the end: 12:15 pm − 1 hour 35 minutes = 10:40 am. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Look along the row for Park. We want the first bus that leaves at or after the time you arrive. A bus that has already gone is no use.08:10, 08:40, 09:12, 09:55
- Choose the first bus that is not too early. You arrive at 08:20.The next bus is Bus 2 at 08:40.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.08:20 to 08:40: 40 − 20 = 20 minutes
- Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 20
Total: 20 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 08:20 + 20 minutes = 08:40. ✓
Watch out. A bus that left before you arrived does not count, even if it is the closest time.
Total 18 marks. Allow about 18 minutes.
Exercise 8X SATs-style questions
Non-calculatorKey words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. The short hand gives the hour and the long hand gives the minutes. Write them with a colon between.
- Look at the short hand (the hour hand). It tells us the hour. Use the last number it has passed.The short hand is between 8 and 9. It has passed 8 but has not reached 9, so the hour is 8.
- Look at the long hand (the minute hand). It tells us the minutes. Count in fives from the 12, then count single marks.The long hand points at 5. Count in fives: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25.
5 × 5 = 25 minutes - Write the time in numbers. A digital time is the hour, a colon, then the minutes. The minutes always have two digits.hour 8, minutes 25 → 8:25
Check. In words this is twenty-five past eight. ✓
Watch out. Do not mix up the two hands. The short, thick hand shows the hour. The long, thin hand shows the minutes.
Key words. An analogue clock has a round face with two hands. The short, thick hour hand shows the hour. The long, thin minute hand shows the minutes. Past means after the hour. To means before the next hour.
Method. Work out where both hands should be. Then check each clock.
- Say the time we want: 3:40, which is twenty to four. We need the hour and the minutes in numbers.3:40
- Find where the minute hand should point. The long hand shows the minutes.The minute hand points at the 8 (8 × 5 = 40 minutes).
- Find where the hour hand should be. The short hand shows the hour.The hour hand is between 3 and 4 (it has passed 3).
- Check each clock. Read each clock. The right one has both hands in the right places.A: shows 3:20 × not a match
B: shows 8:15 × not a match
C: shows 3:40 ✓
D: shows 7:40 × not a match - Choose the clock. C
Check. Clock C has the minute hand at 40 minutes and the hour hand past 3. ✓
Watch out. A clock with the hands the wrong way round (short hand for minutes) shows a different time.
Key words. A digital clock shows the time in numbers: hours, a colon, then minutes (7:45). am is for times between midnight and noon (the morning). pm is for times between noon and midnight (the afternoon and evening). The 24-hour clock counts the hours from 00 to 23 and does not use am or pm.
Method. For am times the hour stays the same (12 am becomes 00). For pm times add 12 to the hour (12 pm stays 12).
- Look at am or pm: 6:45 pm. This tells us which rule to use.6:45 pm
- Add 12 to the hour. For pm times the 24-hour clock carries on counting after 12.6 + 12 = 18
- Write the 24-hour time. Two digits for the hour, a colon, two digits for the minutes.18:45
Check. Change back: 18:45 is 6:45 pm. ✓
Watch out. Do not add 12 to a morning time, and do not add 12 to 12 pm.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. There are 60 minutes in 1 h. Going from hours to minutes (big unit to small unit), we multiply by 60.
- Write the fact. We need to know how many of the small unit make one of the big unit.1 h = 60 minutes
- Multiply by 60. We have 4 hours, so we need 4 lots of 60.4 × 60 = 4 × 6 × 10 = 24 × 10 = 240
- Write the answer with its unit. 4 hours = 240 minutes
Check. Go back: 240 ÷ 60 = 4. ✓
Watch out. A big unit changes to a bigger number of small units. 4 hours must be more than 4 minutes.
[ ] A 150 minutes [ ] B 230 minutes [ ] C 2.5 hours [ ] D 2 hours 50 minutes[2 marks]
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change every time to minutes, because 2 hours 30 minutes is 150 minutes. Then find the ones equal to 150 minutes.
- Change 2 hours 30 minutes to minutes. 2 hours = 2 × 60 minutes.2 × 60 = 120, and 120 + 30 = 150 minutes
- Check each option. We want the ones that are 150 minutes.A: 150 minutes ✓
B: 230 minutes is more than 150 minutes
C: 2.5 hours = 2 hours and a half hour = 120 + 30 = 150 minutes ✓
D: 2 hours 50 minutes = 120 + 50 = 170 minutes - Choose the two. A and C
Check. Both A and C are 150 minutes. ✓
Watch out. 2.5 hours is 2 hours 30 minutes. An hour has 60 minutes, so 2 hours 50 minutes is a different time.
Key words. A calendar shows the days and dates of the months. A leap year has 366 days instead of 365, because February has 29 days. Date means the day of the month (like 14 March).
Method. A leap year can be divided by 4 with nothing left over. To check, divide the last two digits by 4.
- Look at the last two digits of 2036. Because 100 divides exactly by 4, only the last two digits matter.The last two digits are 36.
- Divide 36 by 4. If there is no remainder, the number is in the 4 times table.4 × 9 = 36. 36 ÷ 4 = 9 exactly.
- Decide. 2036 can be divided by 4 exactly, so it is a leap year. Yes
Check. 4 × 509 = 2,036 = 2036. ✓
Watch out. A leap year has 366 days, and February has 29 days.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Count on from the start to the end on a number line: first to the next o'clock, then in whole hours, then the last minutes. Then add the jumps.
- Draw a number line and count on from the start time to the end time. Counting on in easy jumps (first to the next o'clock, then whole hours, then the last minutes) is easier than taking one time away from the other.
- Work out each jump. Each jump is easy to do in your head.4:50 pm to 5:00 pm: 10 minutes to the next o'clock
60 − 50 = 10 minutes
5:00 pm to 5:35 pm: the minutes after the o'clock: 35 minutes - Add the jumps. Add the hours together, then add the minutes together. If the minutes reach 60 or more, change 60 minutes into 1 hour.Minutes: 10 + 35 = 45
Total: 45 minutes
Check. Count on from the start: 4:50 pm + 45 minutes = 5:35 pm. ✓
Watch out. There are 60 minutes in an hour, not 100. 3:50 to 4:20 is 30 minutes, not 70.
Key words. The duration is how long something takes (how much time goes by). To count on is to jump forward from one time to another. The start time is when something begins. The end time is when it finishes.
Method. Add the whole hours first. Then add the minutes, jumping to the next o'clock if you pass it.
- Start at the start time and count on the whole hours first. Adding whole hours is easy: the minutes stay the same.10:35 pm + 8 hours = 6:35 am
- Count on the 50 minutes. Going to the next o'clock first makes the sum easy. The minutes left are added after.Jump to the next o'clock: 60 − 35 = 25 minutes, so 6:35 am + 25 min = 7:00 am.
Jump the rest: 50 − 25 = 25 minutes, so 7:00 am + 25 min = 7:25 am - Look at the number line. It shows all the jumps from the start to the end.
- Write the end time. 7:25 am
Check. Count back from the end: 7:25 am − 8 hours 50 minutes = 10:35 pm. ✓
Watch out. The minutes go up to 60, then the hour changes. 2:45 + 30 minutes is 3:15, not 2:75.
| Stop | Bus 1 | Bus 2 | Bus 3 | Bus 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Library | 07:45 | 08:15 | 08:45 | 09:30 |
| Market | 07:58 | 08:28 | 08:58 | 09:43 |
| Park | 08:10 | 08:40 | 09:12 | 09:55 |
| Station | 08:24 | 08:54 | 09:30 | 10:09 |
Key words. A timetable is a table that shows times. Each row goes across and each column goes down. The journey time is how long the trip takes. The waiting time is how long you wait.
Method. Find the next bus at the Market after 08:20. Count on to find how long Jack waits. Then read when that bus gets to the Station.
- Find the next bus. Look along the Market row for the first time that is at or after 08:20.Market: 07:58 (gone), 08:28, 08:58, 09:43. The next bus is Bus 2 at 08:28.
- Work out the waiting time. Count on from 08:20 to 08:28.08:28 − 08:20 = 8 minutes
- Find when Bus 2 arrives at the Station. Look in the Station row, Bus 2 column.Bus 2 arrives at the Station at 08:54.
Check. 08:20 + 8 minutes = 08:28. ✓
Watch out. The 07:58 bus has already gone. Use the Bus 2 column all the way down.
Key words. To convert is to change from one unit to another. 60 seconds = 1 minute. 60 minutes = 1 hour. 24 hours = 1 day. 7 days = 1 week. 12 months = 1 year. To go from a big unit to a small unit we multiply. To go from a small unit to a big unit we divide.
Method. Change the fraction of an hour into minutes. Then add. Then compare with what Amira said.
- Find a quarter of an hour. An hour is 60 minutes. A quarter is 60 ÷ 4.60 ÷ 4 = 15 minutes
- Write 2¼ hours in hours and minutes. 2 whole hours and a quarter of an hour.2 hours and 15 minutes
- Compare with Amira. She said 2 hours 25 minutes.15 is not 25. Amira is not right. The correct time is 2 hours 15 minutes.
Check. 2 hours 15 minutes = 120 + 15 = 135 minutes, and 2¼ hours = 2 × 60 + 15 = 135. ✓
Watch out. A quarter of an hour is 15 minutes (not 25).